CELEX: 
Language: en
Date: 2020-04-15 00:00:00
Title: COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) …/... implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regards to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles

EUROPEAN
                             COMMISSION
                                                      Brussels, 15.4.2020
                                                      C(2020) 2138 final
               COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) …/...
                                         of 15.4.2020
   implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council
        with regards to the administrative requirements for the approval and market
      surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and
                      separate technical units intended for such vehicles
EN                                                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---                   COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) …/...
                                              of 15.4.2020
    implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council
         with regards to the administrative requirements for the approval and market
       surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and
                          separate technical units intended for such vehicles
   THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
   Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
   Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council of
   30 May 2018 on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and
   of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending
   Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC1,
   and in particular Articles 24(4), 28(3), 30(3), 36(4), 38(3), 41(4), 42(5), 44(5) and 45(7)
   thereof,
   Whereas:
   (1)     In the interest of clarity, predictability and simplification of the documents used for
           type-approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and
           separate technical units intended for such vehicles these documents should be
           standardised to reduce the burden on vehicle manufacturers, based on existing
           practice.
   (2)     In order to increase transparency and to ensure that the required type-approval
           information is consistently presented, the templates for type-approval certificates
           should be laid down.
   (3)     In order to ensure a harmonised presentation of the document issued by manufacturers
           to certify that a produced vehicle conforms to the approved type, templates for
           certificates of conformity should be established. In the interests of clarity, the date of
           manufacture of the vehicle should be added to the certificate of conformity.
   (4)     In order to clearly identify the legal acts that apply to the vehicles, systems,
           components or separate technical units a harmonised numbering system for type-
           approval certificates should be established.
   (5)     The presentation of the most relevant information in the test reports should be
           harmonised. It is therefore necessary to establish a minimum set of requirements for
           the format of the test reports.
   (6)     In order to better identify the results of the tests carried out on the approved vehicle
           type, a harmonised test result sheet containing a minimum set of information, should
           be established.
   (7)     In order to allow manufacturers to receive a type-approval or to place on the market
           new vehicles in accordance with the third paragraph of Article 91 of Regulation (EU)
           2018/858, this Regulation should be applicable as of 5 July 2020.
   1
         OJ L 151, 14.6.2018, p. 1.
EN                                                   1                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    (8)     The empowerments contained in Articles 24(4), 28(3), 30(3), 36(4), 38(3), 41(4),
           42(5), 44(5) and 45(7) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 aim at the introduction of
           harmonised templates, models and formats necessary for the approval of motor
           vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units
           intended for such vehicles, and for placing them on the market. As those
           empowerments are closely linked by their subject matter, they should be bundled in
           this Regulation.
   (9)     The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the
           Technical Committee – Motor Vehicles (TCMV) [referred to in Article 83 of
           Regulation (EU) 2018/858],
   HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
                                                  Article 1
                                Templates for the information document
   1.        The template laid down in Annex I to this Regulation shall be used for the
             information document referred to in Article 24(1)(a) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858
             for the purposes of the following EU type-approvals:
             (a)    the whole-vehicle single-step type-approval;
             (b)    the whole-vehicle mixed type-approval;
             (c)    the whole-vehicle multi-stage type-approval;
             (d)    the type-approval of systems, components or separate technical units.
   2.        The template laid down in Annex II to this Regulation shall be used for the
             information document referred to in Article 24(1)(a) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858
             for the purposes of the EU whole-vehicle step-by-step type-approval.
                                                  Article 2
      Templates for EU type-approval certificates, including EU type-approval certificates
      for vehicles produced in small series, and EU individual vehicle approval certificates
   1.        Model A of Annex III to this Regulation shall be used for the type-approval
             certificate referred to in Article 28(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, where that
             certificate concerns an EU whole-vehicle type-approval, and for the type-approval
             certificate referred to in Article 41(3) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
   2.        Model B of Annex III to this Regulation shall be used for the type-approval
             certificate referred to in Article 28(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 where that
             certificate concerns an EU system type-approval.
   3.        Model C of Annex III to this Regulation shall be used for the type-approval
             certificate referred to in Article 28(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 where that
             certificate concerns an EU component type-approval or an EU separate technical unit
             type-approval.
   4.        Model D of Annex III to this Regulation shall be used for the EU individual vehicle
             approval certificate referred to in Article 44(4) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
EN                                                    2                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                   Article 3
     Templates for national type-approval certificates for vehicles produced in small series
                         and national individual vehicle approval certificates
   1.        Model A of Annex III to this Regulation shall be used for the type-approval
             certificate referred to in Article 42(4) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
   2.        Model E of Annex III to this Regulation shall be used for the national individual
             vehicle approval certificate referred to in Article 45(5) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
                                                  Article 4
                              Numbering system for approval certificates
   The approval certificates referred to in Articles 28(2), 41(3), 42(4), 44(4) and 45(6) of
   Regulation (EU) 2018/858 shall be numbered in accordance with the method set out in Annex
   IV to this Regulation.
                                                  Article 5
       Model for the EU type-approval mark for components and separate technical units
   The model laid down in Annex V to this Regulation shall be used for the EU type-approval
   mark for components and separate technical units referred to in Article 38(2) of Regulation
   (EU) 2018/858.
                                                  Article 6
                                   Template for the test results sheet
   The template laid down in Annex VI to this Regulation shall be used for the test results sheet
   referred to in Article 28(1)(b) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
                                                  Article 7
                                          Format of test reports
   The test reports referred to in Article 30(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 shall be laid down in
   accordance with the provisions on the format of test reports set out in Annex VII to this
   Regulation.
                                                  Article 8
                  Templates and other requirements for certificates of conformity
   The templates and requirements laid down in Annex VIII to this Regulation shall be used for
   the paper format of the certificate of conformity referred to in Article 36(1) of Regulation
   (EU) 2018/858.
                                                  Article 9
                                    Entry into force and application
   This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
   the Official Journal of the European Union.
   It shall apply from 5 July 2020.
EN                                                    3                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
   Done at Brussels, 15.4.2020
                                                 For the Commission
                                                 The President
                                                 Ursula VON DER LEYEN
EN                                                 4                                              EN
 ---documentbreak---                              EUROPEAN
                             COMMISSION
                                                      Brussels, 15.4.2020
                                                      C(2020) 2138 final
                                                      ANNEXES 1 to 8
                                          ANNEXES
                                            to the
                       Commission implementing Regulation (EU) .../...
   implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council
        with regards to the administrative requirements for the approval and market
      surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and
                      separate technical units intended for such vehicles
EN                                                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                    ANNEX I
          TEMPLATE FOR AN INFORMATION DOCUMENT FOR THE EU TYPE-
           APPROVAL OF VEHICLE, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE
                                            TECHNICAL UNITS
   The information documents referred to in Regulation (EU) 2018/858 in respect of a whole-
   vehicle EU type-approval and in respect of the EU type-approval of a system, component or
   separate technical unit shall consist only of extracts from the following list and its item
   numbering system.
   Make sure that drawings or pictures show sufficient details distinctly and visibly if printed on
   size A4.
   Systems, components or separate technical units, referred to in this Annex, having electronic
   controls, information concerning their performance shall be provided.
   0.                GENERAL
   0.1.              Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.              Type: …
   0.2.0.1.          Chassis: …
   0.2.0.2.          Bodywork/complete vehicle: …
   0.2.1.            Commercial name(s) (if available): …
   0.2.2.            For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the
                     base/previous stage vehicle, list the information for each stage. (This can be
                     done with a matrix)
                     Type:
                     Variant(s):
                     Version(s):
                     Number of the type-approval certificate including extension number …
   0.2.2.1.          Allowed Parameter Values for multistage type approval to use the base vehicle
                     emission values (insert range where applicable)1:
                     Final Vehicle mass in running order (in kg): …
                     Frontal area for final vehicle (in cm2): …
                     Rolling resistance (kg/t): …
   1
          Only for the approval under Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council
          of 20 June 2007 on type approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and
          commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information
          (OJ L 171, 29.6.2007, p. 1).
EN                                                      1                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                      Cross-sectional area of air entrance of the front grille (in cm2): …
   0.2.3.            Identifiers1:
   0.2.3.1.          Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.          ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.          PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.          Roadload family's identifier
   0.2.3.4.1.        Roadload family of VH: …
   0.2.3.4.2.        Roadload family of VL: …
   0.2.3.4.3.        Roadload families applicable in the interpolation family: …
   0.2.3.5.          Roadload Matrix family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.6.          Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.          Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.8.          OBD family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.9.          Other family's identifier: …
   0.3.              Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle/component/separate
                     technical unit1 2: …
   0.3.0.1.          Chassis: …
   0.3.0.2.          Bodywork/complete vehicle: …
   0.3.1.            Location of that marking: …
   0.3.1.1.          Chassis: …
   0.3.1.2.          Bodywork/complete vehicle: …
   0.4.              Category of vehicle3: …
   0.4.1.            Classification(s) according to the dangerous goods which the vehicle is
                     intended to transport: …
   0.5.              Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.5.1.            For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the
                     manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle: …
   0.6.              Location and method of attachment of statutory plates and location of vehicle
                     identification number: …
   0.6.1.            On the chassis: …
   0.6.2.            On the bodywork: …
   0.7.              (Not attributed)
   0.8.              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
   0.9.              Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
   2
          If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle, system,
          component or separate technical unit types covered by this information document, such characters shall
          be represented in the documentation by the symbol ‘?’ (e.g. ABC??123??).
   3
          Classified according to the definitions set out in Part A of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
EN                                                           2                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---    1.                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
   1.1.               Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle/component/separate
                      technical unit4: …
   1.2.               Dimensional drawing of the whole vehicle (shortest and longest wheelbase if
                      applicable): …
   1.3.               Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.3.1.             Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   1.3.2.             Number and position of steered axles: …
   1.3.3.             Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   1.4.               Chassis (if any) (overall drawing – shortest and longest wheelbase if
                      applicable): …
   1.5.               Material used for the side-members6: …
   1.6.               Position and arrangement of the engine: …
   1.7.               Driving cab: forward control7/bonneted/sleeper cab4: …
   1.8.               Hand of drive: left/right4.
   1.8.1.             Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left4 hand traffic.
   1.9.               Specify if the towing vehicle is intended to tow semi-trailers or other trailers
                      and, if the trailer is a semi-, drawbar-, centre-axle- or rigid drawbar trailer: …
   1.10.              Specify if the vehicle is specially designed for the controlled-temperature
                      carriage of goods: …
   1.11.              Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   4
          Delete where not applicable (there are cases where nothing needs to be deleted when more than one entry
          is applicable).
   5
            In the case of axles fitted with wheels in dual(twin) formation the number of wheels shall be counted as
            four.
   6
          Designation according to EN 10027-1: 2016. If that is not possible, the following information shall be
          provided:
          –       description of the material;
          –       yield point;
          –       ultimate tensile stress;
          –       elongation (in %);
          –       Brinell hardness.
   7
            ‘Forward control’ means a configuration in which more than half of the engine length is rearward of the
            foremost point of the windshield base and the steering wheel hub in the forward quarter of the vehicle
            length as defined in the explanatory note (z) of Appendix 1 of PART 1 of ANNEX 1 to Regulation 107
            of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions
            concerning the approval of category M2 or M3 vehicles with regard to their general construction (OJ L
            52, 23.2.2018, p. 1),
   8
            As defined in Regulation (EU) 2019/2144 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27
            November 2019 on type-approval requirements for motor vehicles and their trailers, and systems,
            components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, as regards their general safety and
            the protection of vehicle occupants and vulnerable road users, amending Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of
            the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Regulations (EC) No 78/2009, (EC) No
            79/2009 and (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Commission
            Regulations (EC) No 631/2009, (EU) No 406/2010, (EU) No 672/2010, (EU) No 1003/2010, (EU) No
EN                                                           3                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.                MASSES AND DIMENSIONS9 10 11
                     (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable)
   2.1.              Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded)12:
   2.1.1.            Two-axle vehicles: …
   2.1.2.            Vehicles with three or more axles
   2.1.2.1.          Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the foremost to the
                     rearmost axle: …
   2.1.2.2.          Total axle spacing13: …
   2.2.              Fifth wheel
   2.2.1.            In the case of semi-trailers
   2.2.1.1.          Distance between the axis of the fifth wheel kingpin and the rearmost end of
                     the semi-trailer: …
   2.2.1.2.          Maximum distance between the axis of the fifth wheel kingpin and any point
                     on the front of the semi-trailer: …
   2.2.1.3.          Semi-trailer special wheelbase (as defined in point 3.2 of Part D of Annex I to
                     Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/201214
   2.2.2.            In the case of semi-trailer towing vehicles
   2.2.2.1.          Fifth wheel lead (maximum and minimum; indicate the permissible values in
                     the case of an incomplete vehicle)15: …
   2.2.2.2.          Maximum height of the fifth wheel (standardised)16: …
   2.3.              Axle track(s) and width(s)
   2.3.1.            Track of each steered axle17: …
   2.3.2.            Track of all other axles17: …
            1005/2010, (EU) No 1008/2010, (EU) No 1009/2010, (EU) No 19/2011, (EU) No 109/2011, (EU) No
            458/2011, (EU) No 65/2012, (EU) No 130/2012, (EU) No 347/2012, (EU) No 351/2012, (EU) No
            1230/2012 and (EU) 2015/166 (OJ L 325, 16.12.2019, p. 1).
   9
          Where there is one version with a normal cab and another with a sleeper cab, both sets of masses and
          dimensions are to be stated.
   10
          Standard ISO 612:1978 — Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — terms
          and definitions.
   11
          Optional equipment that affects the dimensions of the vehicle shall be specified.
   12
          In accordance with definitions 25 (Wheelbase) and 26 (Axle spacing) of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
          respectively. Note: In the case of a centre-axle trailer, the axis of the coupling shall be considered as the
          foremost axle.
   13
            The total axle spacing is the sum of each axle spacing from the foremost to the rearmost axle.
   14
          Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 of 12 December 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No
          661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to type-approval requirements for
          masses and dimensions of motor vehicles and their trailers and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the
          European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 353, 21.12.2012, p. 31).
   15
          Term No 6.19.2.
   16
          Term No 6.20.
   17
          Term No 6.5.
EN                                                          4                                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.3.3.            Width of the widest rear axle (measured at the outermost part of the tyres
                     excluding the bulging of the tyres close to the ground): …
   2.3.4.            Width of the foremost axle (measured at the outermost part of the tyres
                     excluding the bulging of the tyres close to the ground): …
   2.4.              Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)
   2.4.1.            For chassis without bodywork
   2.4.1.1.          Length18: …
   2.4.1.1.1.        Maximum permissible length: …
   2.4.1.1.2.        Minimum permissible length: …
   2.4.1.1.3.        In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length19: …
   2.4.1.2.          Width20: …
   2.4.1.2.1.        Maximum permissible width: …
   2.4.1.2.2.        Minimum permissible width: …
   2.4.1.3.          Height (in running order)21 (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate
                     normal running position): …
   2.4.1.3.1.        Maximum permissible height22: …
   2.4.1.4.          Front overhang23: …
   2.4.1.4.1.        Approach angle24: …… degrees.
   2.4.1.5.          Rear overhang25: …
   2.4.1.5.1.        Departure angle26: …… degrees.
   2.4.1.5.2.        Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point27: …
   2.4.1.5.3.        Maximum permissible rear overhang22: …
   2.4.1.6.          Ground clearance (as defined in point 4.5 of Part A of Annex I to Regulation
                     (EU) 2018/858)
   2.4.1.6.1.        Between the axles: …
   2.4.1.6.2.        Under the front axle(s): …
   2.4.1.6.3.        Under the rear axle(s): …
   2.4.1.7.          Ramp angle28: …… degrees.
   18
          Term No 6.1 and for vehicles other than those of category M1: Appendix 1 of Annex I to Regulation
          (EU) 1230/2012. In the case of trailers, the lengths shall be specified as mentioned in term No 6.1.2 of
          Standard ISO 612:1978.
   19
          Term No 6.17.
   20
          Term No 6.2 and for vehicles other than those of category M1: Appendix 1 of Annex I to Regulation
          (EU) No 1230/2012.
   21
          Term No 6.3 and for vehicles other than those of category M1: Appendix 1 of Annex I to Regulation
          (EU) No 1230/2012.
   22
          In the case of an incomplete vehicle.
   23
          Term No 6.6.
   24
          Term No 6.10.
   25
          Term No 6.7.
   26
          Term No 6.11.
   27
          Term No 6.18.1.
EN                                                         5                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.4.1.8.          Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity of the body and/or
                     interior fittings and/or equipment and/or payload: …
   2.4.2.            For chassis with bodywork
   2.4.2.1.          Length18: …
   2.4.2.1.1.        Length of the loading area: …
   2.4.2.1.2.        In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length28: …
   2.4.2.1.3.        Elongated cab complying with Article 9a of Council Directive 96/53/EC29:
                     yes/no4
   2.4.2.2.          Width20: …
   2.4.2.2.1.        Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled-
                     temperature carriage of goods): …
   2.4.2.3.          Height (in running order)21 (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate
                     normal running position): …
   2.4.2.4.          Front overhang23: …
   2.4.2.4.1.        Approach angle24: …… degrees.
   2.4.2.5.          Rear overhang25: …
   2.4.2.5.1.        Departure angle26: …… degrees.
   2.4.2.5.2.        Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point27: …
   2.4.2.5.3.        Maximum permissible rear overhang: …
   2.4.2.6.          Ground clearance (as defined in point 4.1 and 4.2 of Part A of Annex I to
                     Regulation (EU) 2018/858)
   2.4.2.6.1.        Between the axles: …
   2.4.2.6.2.        Under the front axle(s): …
   2.4.2.6.3.        Under the rear axle(s): …
   2.4.2.7.          Ramp angle28: …… degrees.
   2.4.2.8.          Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity of the payload (in the
                     case of non-uniform load): …
   2.4.2.9.          Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle (M2 and M3) at its technically
                     permissible maximum laden mass in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical
                     directions: …
   2.4.3.            For bodywork approved without chassis (vehicles M2 and M3)
   2.4.3.1.          Length18: …
   2.4.3.2.          Width20: …
   2.4.3.3.          Nominal height (in running order)21 on intended chassis type(s) (for
                     suspensions adjustable for height, indicate normal running position): …
   28
          Term No 6.9.
   29
          Council Directive 96/53/EC of 25 July 1996 laying down for certain road vehicles circulating within the
          Community the maximum authorized dimensions in national and international traffic and the maximum
          authorized weights in international traffic (OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 59).
EN                                                          6                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.5.                Minimum mass on the steering axle(s) for incomplete vehicles: …
   2.6.                Mass in running order30
                       (a)      Minimum and maximum for each variant: …
                       (b)      Mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …
   2.6.1.              Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer, a
                       rigid drawbar trailer or a centre-axle trailer, the mass on the coupling:
                       (a)      Minimum and maximum for each variant: …
                       (b)      Mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …
   2.6.2.              Maximum mass of the optional equipment (see the definition set out in point
                       (5) of Article 2 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012)31: …
   2.6.2.1.            Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
                       centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point: …
   2.6.3.              Rotational mass1: 3 % of the sum of mass in running order and 25 kg or value,
                       per axle (kg): …
   2.6.4.              Additional mass for alternative propulsion: …kg
   2.6.5.              List of equipment to for alternative propulsion (and indication of the mass of
                       the parts):       …
   2.7.                Minimum mass of the completed vehicle as stated by the manufacturer, in
                       the case of an incomplete vehicle: …
   2.7.1.              Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
                       centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point: …
   2.7.2.              Maximum permissible actual mass as stated by the manufacturer, in the case of
                       in incomplete vehicle: …
   2.8.                Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer32
                       33
                          :…
   2.8.1.              Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
                       centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point33: …
   2.9.                Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle: …
   2.10.               Technically permissible mass on each group of axles: …
   2.11.               Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the towing vehicle
                       in case of:
   30
          As defined in Regulation (EU) 1230/2012.
   The liquid containing systems (except those for used water that must remain empty and those for fuel) are filled
          to 100 % of the capacity specified by the manufacturer. The information referred to in points 2.6(b) and
          2.6.1(b) do not need to be provided for vehicle categories N2, N3, M2, M3, O3, and O4.
   31
            Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 of 12 December 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No
            661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to type-approval requirements for
            masses and dimensions of motor vehicles and their trailers and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the
            European Parliament and of the Council Text with EEA relevance (OJ L 353, 21.12.2012, p. 31-79)
   32
          For trailers or semi-trailers, and for vehicles coupled with a trailer or a semi-trailer, which exert a
          significant vertical load on the coupling device or the fifth wheel, this load, divided by standard
          acceleration of gravity, is included in the maximum technically permissible mass.
   33
          Please fill in here the upper and lower values for each variant.
EN                                                           7                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.11.1.          Drawbar trailer: …
   2.11.2.          Semi-trailer: …
   2.11.3.          Centre-axle trailer: …
   2.11.3.1.        Maximum ratio of the coupling overhang34 to the wheel base: …
   2.11.3.2.        Maximum V-value: …… kN.
   2.11.4.          Rigid drawbar trailer: …
   2.11.5.          Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination33: …
   2.11.6.          Maximum mass of unbraked trailer: …
   2.12.            Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point:
   2.12.1.          Of a towing vehicle: …
   2.12.2.          Of a semi-trailer, a centre-axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer: …
   2.12.3.          Maximum permissible mass of the coupling device (if not fitted by the
                    manufacturer): …
   2.13.            Rear swing-out (Point 8 of Part B / Point 7 of Part C of Annex I to Regulation
                    (EU) No 1230/2012): …
   2.14.            Engine power/maximum mass ratio: …… kW/kg.
   2.14.1.          Engine power/technically permissible maximum laden mass of the
                    combination ratio (Point 6 of Part B of Annex I to Regulation (EU)
                    No 1230/2012): …… kW/kg.
   2.15.            Hill-starting ability (solo vehicle)35: …… %.
   2.16.            Registration/in service maximum permissible masses, vehicle categories
                    M2, M3, N2, N3, O3 and O4 (optional)
   2.16.1.          Registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: …
   2.16.2.          Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the
                    case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, intended load on the coupling point
                    stated by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible maximum
                    mass on the coupling point: …
   2.16.3.          Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each group of axles: …
   2.16.4.          Intended registration/in service maximum permissible towable                            mass
                    (several entries possible for each technical configuration)101: …
   2.16.5.          Registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: …
   2.17.            Vehicle submitted to multi-stage type-approval (only in the case of
                    incomplete or completed vehicles of category N1 within the scope of
                    Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the
                    Council36): yes/no4
   34
         ‘Coupling overhang’ is the horizontal distance between the coupling for centre-axle trailers and the
         centreline of the rear axle(s).
   35
         Only for the purpose of definition of off-road vehicles.
   36
         Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type
         approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro
         5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (OJ L 171, 29.6.2007, p. 1).
EN                                                        8                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.17.1.            Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg.
   2.17.2.            Default added mass, calculated in accordance with Section 5 of Annex XII to
                      Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/200837: … kg.
   3.                 PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER38
   3.1.               Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): …
   3.1.1.             Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other
                      means of identification): …
   3.1.2.             Number of the approval certificate (where appropriate), including fuel
                      identification marking: …
                      (heavy-duty vehicles only)
   3.2.               Internal combustion engine
   3.2.1.             Specific engine information
   3.2.1.1.           Working principle: positive ignition/compression ignition/dual- fuel4
                      Cycle: four stroke/two stroke/rotary4
   3.2.1.1.1.         Type of dual-fuel engine: Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4 42
   3.2.1.1.2.         Gas energy ratio over the hot part of the WHTC test-cycle: … %
   3.2.1.2.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   3.2.1.2.1.         Bore39: …… mm
   3.2.1.2.2.         Stroke39: …… mm
   3.2.1.2.3.         Firing order: …
   3.2.1.3.           Engine capacity40: …… cm3
   3.2.1.4.           Volumetric compression ratio41: …
   3.2.1.5.           Drawings of combustion chamber, piston crown and, in the case of positive
                      ignition engines, piston rings: …
   3.2.1.6.           Normal engine idling speed41: …… min-1
   3.2.1.6.1.         High engine idling speed41: …… min-1
   3.2.1.6.2.         Idle on diesel: yes/no4 42
   3.2.1.7.           Carbon monoxide content by volume in the exhaust gas with the engine
                      idling41: …… % as stated by the manufacturer (positive ignition engines only)
   37
          Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 of 18 July 2008 implementing and amending Regulation (EC)
          No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with
          respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to
          vehicle repair and maintenance information (OJ L 199, 28.7.2008, p. 1).
   38
          In the case of a vehicle that can run either on petrol, diesel, etc., or also in combination with another fuel,
          items shall be repeated. In the case of non-conventional engines and systems, particulars equivalent to
          those referred to here shall be supplied by the manufacturer.
   39
          This figure shall be rounded off to the nearest tenth of a millimetre.
   40
          This value shall be calculated (π = 3,1416) and rounded off to the nearest cm 3.
   41
          Specify the tolerance.
   42
          In case of a dual-fuel engine or vehicle.
EN                                                           9                                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.1.8.           Maximum net power43: … kW at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value)
   3.2.1.9.           Maximum permitted engine speed as prescribed by the manufacturer: … min-1
   3.2.1.10.          Maximum net torque43: … Nm at … min-1 (manufacturer's declared value)
   3.2.1.11.          Manufacturer references of the documentation and extended documentation
                      packages required by Articles 5, 7 and 9 of Commission Regulation (EU) No
                      582/201144 or by Articles 3 and 5 of Commission Regulation (EU) No
                      2017/1151 enabling the approval authority to evaluate the emission control
                      strategies and the systems on-board the engine or vehicle to ensure the correct
                      operation of emissions control measures.
   3.2.2.             Fuel
   3.2.2.1.           Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG or Biomethane/Ethanol (E 85)/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                      4 45
   3.2.2.1.1.         RON, unleaded: …
   3.2.2.2.           Heavy duty vehicles                   Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG-H/NG-L/NG-HL/Ethanol
                      (ED95)/Ethanol (E85)/LNG/LNG20 4 45
   3.2.2.2.1.         (Euro VI only) Fuels compatible with use by the engine declared by the
                      manufacturer in accordance with point 1.1.2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No
                      582/2011 (as applicable)
   3.2.2.3.           Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label4
   3.2.2.4.           Vehicle fuel type: Mono fuel, Bi fuel, Flex fuel, Dual fuel Type 1A/Type
                      1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   3.2.2.5.           Maximum amount of biofuel acceptable in fuel (manufacturer's declared
                      value): … % by volume
   3.2.3.             Fuel tank(s)
   3.2.3.1.           Service fuel tank(s)
   3.2.3.1.1.         Number and capacity of each tank: …
   3.2.3.1.1.1.       Material: …
   3.2.3.1.2.         Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with all connections and all
                      lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …
   3.2.3.1.3.         Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: …
   3.2.3.2.           Reserve fuel tank(s)
   3.2.3.2.1.         Number and capacity of each tank: …
   43
          Determined in accordance with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 or Regulation (EC) No
          595/2009 as applicable.
   44
            Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 of 25 May 2011 implementing and amending Regulation
            (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with respect to emissions from heavy
            duty vehicles (Euro VI) and amending Annexes I and III to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European
            Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 167, 25.6.2011, p. 1).
   45
          Vehicles can be fuelled with both petrol and a gaseous fuel but, where the petrol system is fitted for
          emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank cannot contain more than 15 litres of
          petrol, will be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a gaseous fuel.
EN                                                           10                                                  EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.3.2.1.1.   Material: …
   3.2.3.2.2.     Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with all connections and all
                  lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …
   3.2.3.2.3.     Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: …
   3.2.4.         Fuel feed
   3.2.4.1.       By carburettor(s): yes/no4
   3.2.4.2.       By fuel injection (compression ignition or dual-fuel only): yes/no4
   3.2.4.2.1.     System description (common rail/unit injectors/distribution pump etc.): …
   3.2.4.2.2.     Working principle: direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber4
   3.2.4.2.3.     Injection/Delivery pump
   3.2.4.2.3.1.   Make(s): …
   3.2.4.2.3.2.   Type(s): …
   3.2.4.2.3.3.   Maximum fuel delivery4 41: … mm3 /stroke or cycle at an engine speed of: …
                  min-1 or, alternatively, a characteristic diagram: …
                  (When boost control is supplied, state the characteristic fuel delivery and boost
                  pressure versus engine speed)
   3.2.4.2.3.4.   Static injection timing41: …
   3.2.4.2.3.5.   Injection advance curve41: …
   3.2.4.2.3.6.   Calibration procedure: test bench/engine4
   3.2.4.2.4.     Engine speed limitation control
   3.2.4.2.4.1.   Type: …
   3.2.4.2.4.2.   Cut-off point
   3.2.4.2.4.2.1. Speed at which cut-off starts under load: …… min-1
   3.2.4.2.4.2.2. Maximum no-load speed: …… min-1
   3.2.4.2.4.2.3. Idling speed: ….. min-1
   3.2.4.2.5.     Injection piping (heavy-duty vehicles only)
   3.2.4.2.5.1.   Length: …… mm
   3.2.4.2.5.2.   Internal diameter: …… mm
   3.2.4.2.5.3.   Common rail, make and type: …
   3.2.4.2.6.     Injector(s)
   3.2.4.2.6.1.   Make(s): …
   3.2.4.2.6.2.   Type(s): …
   3.2.4.2.6.3.   Opening pressure41: … kPa or characteristic diagram41: …
   3.2.4.2.7.     Cold start system
   3.2.4.2.7.1.   Make(s): …
   3.2.4.2.7.2.   Type(s): …
EN                                                 11                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.4.2.7.3.    Description: …
   3.2.4.2.8.      Auxiliary starting aid
   3.2.4.2.8.1.    Make(s): …
   3.2.4.2.8.2.    Type(s): …
   3.2.4.2.8.3.    System description: …
   3.2.4.2.9.      Electronic controlled injection: yes/no4
   3.2.4.2.9.1.    Make(s): …
   3.2.4.2.9.2.    Type(s):
   3.2.4.2.9.3.    Description of the system
   3.2.4.2.9.3.1. Make and type of the control unit (ECU): …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1. Software identification number of the ECU: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.2. Make and type of the fuel regulator: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.3. Make and type of the air-flow sensor: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.4. Make and type of fuel distributor: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.5. Make and type of the throttle housing: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.6. Make and type of water temperature sensor: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.7. Make and type of air temperature sensor: …
   3.2.4.2.9.3.8. Make and type of air pressure sensor: …
   3.2.4.3.        By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no4
   3.2.4.3.1.      Working principle: intake manifold (single-/multi-point/direct injection4/other
                   (specify): …
   3.2.4.3.2.      Make(s): …
   3.2.4.3.3.      Type(s): …
   3.2.4.3.4.      System description (In the case of systems other than continuous injection give
                   equivalent details): …
   3.2.4.3.4.1.    Make and type of the control unit (ECU): …
   3.2.4.3.4.1.1. Software identification number of the ECU: …
   3.2.4.3.4.2.    Make and type of fuel regulator: …
   3.2.4.3.4.3.    Make and type or working principle of air-flow sensor: …
   3.2.4.3.4.4.    Make and type of fuel distributor: …
   3.2.4.3.4.5.    Make and type of pressure regulator: …
   3.2.4.3.4.6.    Make and type of micro switch: …
   3.2.4.3.4.7.    Make and type of idling adjustment screw: …
   3.2.4.3.4.8.    Make and type of throttle housing: …
   3.2.4.3.4.9.    Make and type water temperature sensor: …
   3.2.4.3.4.10. Make and type air temperature sensor: …
EN                                                  12                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.4.3.4.11. Make and type air pressure sensor: …
   3.2.4.3.4.12. Software identification number(s): …
   3.2.4.3.5.    Injectors
   3.2.4.3.5.1.  Make and type: …
   3.2.4.3.6.    Injection timing: …
   3.2.4.3.7.    Cold start system
   3.2.4.3.7.1.  Operating principle(s): …
   3.2.4.3.7.2.  Operating limits/settings4 41: …
   3.2.4.4.      Feed pump
   3.2.4.4.1.    Pressure41: … kPa or characteristic diagram41: …
   3.2.4.4.2.    Make(s): ….
   3.2.4.4.3.    Type(s): …
   3.2.5.        Electrical system
   3.2.5.1.      Rated voltage: …… V, positive/negative ground41
   3.2.5.2.      Generator
   3.2.5.2.1.    Make and type: …
   3.2.5.2.2.    Nominal output: …… VA
   3.2.6.        Ignition system (spark ignition engines only)
   3.2.6.1.      Make(s): …
   3.2.6.2.      Type(s): …
   3.2.6.3.      Working principle: …
   3.2.6.4.      Ignition advance curve or map41: …
   3.2.6.5.      Static ignition timing41: …… degrees before TDC
   3.2.6.6.      Spark plugs
   3.2.6.6.1.    Make: …
   3.2.6.6.2.    Type: …
   3.2.6.6.3.    Gap setting: ……mm
   3.2.6.7.      Ignition coil(s)
   3.2.6.7.1.    Make: …
   3.2.6.7.2.    Type: …
   3.2.7.        Cooling system: liquid/air4
   3.2.7.1.      Nominal setting of the engine temperature control mechanism: …
   3.2.7.2.      Liquid
   3.2.7.2.1.    Nature of liquid: …
   3.2.7.2.2.    Circulating pump(s): yes/no4
EN                                               13                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.7.2.3.   Characteristics: ………. or
   3.2.7.2.3.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.7.2.3.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.7.2.4.   Drive ratio(s): …
   3.2.7.2.5.   Description of the fan and its drive mechanism: …
   3.2.7.3.     Air
   3.2.7.3.1.   Fan: yes/no4
   3.2.7.3.2.   Characteristics: ……. Or
   3.2.7.3.2.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.7.3.2.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.7.3.3.   Drive ratio(s): …
   3.2.8.       Intake system
   3.2.8.1.     Pressure charger: yes/no4
   3.2.8.1.1.   Make(s): …
   3.2.8.1.2.   Type(s): …
   3.2.8.1.3.   Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure: …… kPa;
                wastegate if applicable): …
   3.2.8.2.     Intercooler: yes/no4
   3.2.8.2.1.   Type: air-air/air-water4
   3.2.8.3.     Intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load (compression
                ignition engines only)
   3.2.8.3.1.   Minimum allowable: ………. kPa
   3.2.8.3.2.   Maximum allowable: ……… kPa
   3.2.8.3.3.   (Euro VI only) Actual Intake system depression at rated engine speed and at
                100 % load on the vehicle: kPa
   3.2.8.4.     Description and drawings of inlet pipes and their accessories (plenum chamber,
                heating device, additional air intakes, etc.): …
   3.2.8.4.1.   Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos): …
   3.2.8.4.2.   Air filter, drawings: …
   3.2.8.4.2.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.8.4.2.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.8.4.3.   Intake silencer, drawings: …
   3.2.8.4.3.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.8.4.3.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.9.       Exhaust system
   3.2.9.1.     Description and drawing of the exhaust manifold: …
   3.2.9.2.     Description and drawing of the exhaust system: …
EN                                               14                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.9.2.1.    (Euro VI only) Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust
                 system that are part of the engine system
   3.2.9.3.      Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100%
                 load (compression ignition engines only): …… kPa
   3.2.9.3.1.    (Euro VI only) Actual exhaust backpressure at rated engine speed and at 100%
                 load on the vehicle (compression-ignition engines only): … kPa
   3.2.9.4.      Make(s) and type(s) of exhaust silencer(s): …
                 If applicable relevant for exterior noise, reducing measures in the engine
                 compartment and on the engine: …
   3.2.9.5.      Location of the exhaust outlet: …
   3.2.9.6.      Exhaust silencer containing fibrous materials: …
   3.2.9.6.1.    Description of the location and type of fibrous materials used: …
   3.2.9.7.      Complete exhaust system volume: … dm3
   3.2.9.7.1.    (Euro VI only) Acceptable exhaust system volume: … dm3
   3.2.9.7.2.    (EURO VI only) Volume of the exhaust system that is part of the engine
                 system: … dm3
   3.2.10.       Minimum cross-sectional areas of inlet and outlet ports: …
   3.2.11.       Valve timing or equivalent data
   3.2.11.1.     Maximum lift of valves, angles of opening and closing, or timing details of
                 alternative distribution systems, in relation to dead centres. For variable timing
                 system, minimum and maximum timing: …
   3.2.11.2.     Reference and/or setting ranges4: …
   3.2.12.       Measures taken against air pollution
   3.2.12.0.     Emission character of type approval1
   3.2.12.1.     Device for recycling crankcase gases (description and drawings): …
   3.2.12.1.1.   (Euro VI only) Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no41
                 If yes, description and drawings:
                 If no, compliance with Annex V to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 required
   3.2.12.2.     Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading)
   3.2.12.2.1.   Catalytic converter
   3.2.12.2.1.1. Number of catalytic converters and elements (provide the information below
                 for each separate unit): …
   3.2.12.2.1.2. Dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …
   3.2.12.2.1.3. Type of catalytic action: … (oxidising, three-way, lean NOx trap, SCR, lean
                 NOx catalyst or other)
   3.2.12.2.1.4. Total charge of precious metals: …
   3.2.12.2.1.5. Relative concentration: …
   3.2.12.2.1.6. Substrate (structure and material): …
EN                                               15                                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.12.2.1.7. Cell density: …
   3.2.12.2.1.8. Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …
   3.2.12.2.1.9. Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the
                   exhaust line): …
   3.2.12.2.1.10. Heat shield: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.1.11. Normal operating temperature range: … °C
   3.2.12.2.1.12. Make of catalytic converter: …
   3.2.12.2.1.13. Identifying part number: …
   3.2.12.2.2.     Sensors
   3.2.12.2.2.1. Oxygen sensor: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.2.1.1. Make and type: …
   3.2.12.2.2.1.2. Location: …
   3.2.12.2.2.1.3. Control range: ….
   3.2.12.2.2.1.4. Type or working principle: …
   3.2.12.2.2.1.5. Identifying part number: …
   3.2.12.2.2.2. NOx sensor: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.2.2.1. Make: …
   3.2.12.2.2.2.2. Type: …
   3.2.12.2.2.2.3. Location: …
   3.2.12.2.2.3.   Particulate sensor: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.2.3.1. Make: …
   3.2.12.2.2.3.2. Type: …
   3.2.12.2.2.3.3. Location: …
   3.2.12.2.3.     Air injection: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.3.1. Type (pulse air, air pump, etc.): …
   3.2.12.2.4.     Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR): yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.4.1. Characteristics (make, type, flow, high pressure / low pressure / combined
                   pressure, etc.): …
   3.2.12.2.4.2. Water-cooled system (to be specified for each EGR system e.g. low pressure /
                   high pressure / combined pressure: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.5.     Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only):
                   yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.5.1. Detailed description of the devices: ….
   3.2.12.2.5.2. Drawing of the evaporative control system: …
   3.2.12.2.5.3. Drawing of the carbon canister: …
   3.2.12.2.5.3.1. Make and type of the carbon canister: …
   3.2.12.2.5.4. Mass of dry charcoal: … g
EN                                               16                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.12.2.5.4.1. Type of dry charcoal: …
   3.2.12.2.5.5. Schematic drawing of the fuel tank (petrol and ethanol engines only): …
   3.2.12.2.5.5.1. Fuel tank system capacity, material and construction: …
   3.2.12.2.5.5.2. Description of vapour hose material, fuel line material and connection
                   technique of the fuel system: …
   3.2.12.2.5.5.3. Sealed tank system: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.5.5.4. Description of fuel tank relief valve setting (air ingestion and relief): …
   3.2.12.2.5.5.5. Description of the purge control system: …
   3.2.12.2.5.6. Description and schematic of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system:
                   …
   3.2.12.2.5.7. Permeability factor: …
   3.2.12.2.6.     Particulate trap (PT): yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.6.1. Dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate trap: …
   3.2.12.2.6.2. Design of the particulate trap: …
   3.2.12.2.6.3. Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): …
   3.2.12.2.6.4. Make of particulate trap: …
   3.2.12.2.6.5. Identifying part number: …
   3.2.12.2.6.7. Normal operating temperature: … (K) and pressure range … (KPa)
                   (heavy-duty vehicles only)
   3.2.12.2.6.8. In the case of periodic regeneration (heavy-duty vehicles only)
   3.2.12.2.6.8.1. Number of ETC test cycles between 2 regenerations (n1): … (not applicable to
                   Euro VI)
   3.2.12.2.6.8.1.1. (Euro VI only) Number of WHTC test cycles without regeneration (n):
   3.2.12.2.6.8.2. Number of ETC cycles during regeneration (n2): …(not applicable to Euro VI)
   3.2.12.2.6.8.2.1. (Euro VI only) Number of WHTC test cycles with regeneration (nR):
   3.2.12.2.6.9. Other systems: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.6.9.1. Description and operation
   3.2.12.2.7.     On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no4: …
   3.2.12.2.7.0.1. (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family
   3.2.12.2.7.0.2. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable)
   3.2.12.2.7.0.3. (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the
                   engine member belongs to: …
   3.2.12.2.7.0.4. (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the OBD-Documentation required
                   by Article 5(4)(c) and Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 and
                   specified in Annex X to that Regulation for the purpose of approving the OBD
                   system
   3.2.12.2.7.0.5. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the
                   Documentation for installing in a vehicle an OBD equipped engine system
EN                                                  17                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.12.2.7.0.6. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the
                   documentation package related to the installation on the vehicle of the OBD
                   system of an approved engine
   3.2.12.2.7.0.7. Written description and/or drawing of the MI46: …
   3.2.12.2.7.0.8. Written description and/or drawing of the OBD off-board communication
                   interface46
   3.2.12.2.7.1. Written description and/or drawing of the MI: …
   3.2.12.2.7.2. List and purpose of all components monitored by the OBD system: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3. Written description (general working principles) for
   3.2.12.2.7.3.1. Positive-ignition engines
   3.2.12.2.7.3.1.1. Catalyst monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.1.2. Misfire detection: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.1.3. Oxygen sensor monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.1.4. Particulate trap monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.1.5. Other components monitored by the OBD system: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.2. Compression-ignition engines: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.2.1. Catalyst monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.2.2. Particulate trap monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.2.3. Electronic fuelling system monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.2.4. DeNOx system monitoring: …
   3.2.12.2.7.3.2.5 Other components monitored by the OBD system: …
   3.2.12.2.7.4. Criteria for MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical
                   method): …
   3.2.12.2.7.5. List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): …
   3.2.12.2.7.6. The following additional information shall be provided by the vehicle
                   manufacturer for the purposes of enabling the manufacture of OBD-compatible
                   replacement or service parts and diagnostic tools and test equipment.
   3.2.12.2.7.6.1. A description of the type and number of the preconditioning cycles used for the
                   original type approval of the vehicle.
   3.2.12.2.7.6.2. A description of the type of the OBD demonstration cycle used for the original
                   type-approval of the vehicle for the component monitored by the OBD system.
   3.2.12.2.7.6.3. A comprehensive document describing all sensed components with the strategy
                   for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or
                   statistical method), including a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for
                   each component monitored by the OBD system. A list of all OBD output codes
                   and format used (with an explanation of each) associated with individual
                   emission related power-train components and individual non-emission related
                   components, where monitoring of the component is used to determine MI
   46
          To be documented if not documented in the documentation referred to in point 3.2.12.2.7.1
EN                                                    18                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---                     activation, including in particular a comprehensive explanation for the data
                    given in service $05 Test ID $21 to FF and the data given in service $06.
                    In the case of vehicle types that use a communication link in accordance with
                    ISO 15765-4:2016 ‘Road vehicles, diagnostics on controller area network
                    (CAN) — Part 4: requirements for emissions-related systems’, a
                    comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $06 Test ID $00 to FF,
                    for each OBD monitor ID supported, shall be provided.
   3.2.12.2.7.6.4. The information required above may be defined by completing a table as
                    described below.
   3.2.12.2.7.6.4.1. Light-duty vehicles
    Component     Fault cod     Monitoring         Fault      MI activation   Secondary   Preconditioni  Demonstrati
                                  strategy       detection       criteria     parameters        ng          on test
                                                  criteria
   Catalyst      P0420         Oxygen          Difference     3rd cycle     Engine        Two type I     Type I
                               sensor 1 and    between                      speed,        cycles
                               sensor      2   sensor      1                engine load,
                               signals         and sensor                   A/F mode,
                                               2 signals-                   catalyst
                                                                            temperature
   3.2.12.2.7.6.4.2. Heavy-duty vehicles
    Component     Fault code    Monitoring         Fault      MI activation   Secondary   preconditioni  Demonstrati
                                  strategy       detection       criteria     parameters        ng          on test
                                                  criteria
   SCR Catalyst  Pxxx          NOx sensor 1    Difference     3rd cycle     Engine        Three OBD      OBD test
                               and sensor 2    between                      speed,        test cycles (3 cycle (short
                               signals         sensor      1                engine load,  short     ESC  ESC cycle)
                                               and sensor                   catalyst      cycles)
                                               2 signals-                   temperature
                                                                            ,     reagent
                                                                            activity
   3.2.12.2.7.6.5. (Euro VI only) OBD Communication protocol standard47:
   3.2.12.2.7.7. (Euro VI only) Manufacturer reference of the OBD related information
                    required by of Article 5(4)(d) and Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No
                    582/2011 for the purpose of complying with the provisions on access to
                    vehicle OBD and vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information, or
   3.2.12.2.7.7.1. As an alternative to the manufacturer reference provided in point 3.2.12.2.7.7.,
                    reference of the attachment to the information document set out in Appendix 4
                    of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 shall contains a table in
                    accordance with the following example:
                    Component — Fault code — Monitoring strategy — Fault detection criteria —
                    MI activation criteria — Secondary parameters — Preconditioning —
                    Demonstration test
   47
           To be documented in case of a single OBD engine family and if not already included in the
           documentation package(s) referred to in point 3.2.12.2.7.0.4.
EN                                                          19                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                    Catalyst – P0420 — Oxygen sensor 1 and 2 signals — Difference between
                   sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals — 3rd cycle — Engine speed, engine load, A/F
                   mode, catalyst temperature — Two Type 1 cycles — Type 1
   3.2.12.2.7.8. (EURO VI only) OBD components on-board the vehicle
   3.2.12.2.7.8.0. Alternative approval as provided for in point 2.4.1 of Annex X to Regulation
                   (EU) No 582/2011: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.7.8.1. List of OBD components on-board the vehicle
   3.2.12.2.7.8.2. Written description and/or drawing of the MI48
   3.2.12.2.7.8.3. Written description and/or drawing of the OBD off-board communication
                   interface48
   3.2.12.2.8.     Other system: …
   3.2.12.2.8.1. (Euro VI only) Systems to ensure the correct operation of NOx control
                   measures
   3.2.12.2.8.2. Driver inducement system
   3.2.12.2.8.2.1. (Euro VI only) Engine with permanent deactivation of the driver inducement,
                   for use by the rescue services or in vehicles specified in point (d) of Article
                   2(2) to Regulation (EU) No 2018/858: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.8.2.2. Activation of the creep mode
                   ‘disable after restart’/‘disable after fuelling’/‘disable after parking’4 49
   3.2.12.2.8.2.3. Type of inducement system: no engine restart after countdown/no start after
                   refuelling/fuel-lockout/performance restriction
   3.2.12.2.8.2.4. Description of the inducement system
   3.2.12.2.8.2.5. Equivalent to the average driving range of the vehicle with a complete tank of
                   fuel: … km
   3.2.12.2.8.3. (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family
                   considered when ensuring the correct operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.3.1. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families within the engine family
                   considered when ensuring the correct operation of NOx control measures
                   (when applicable)
   3.2.12.2.8.3.2. (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine/the engine
                   member belongs to
   3.2.12.2.8.4. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable): …
   3.2.12.2.8.5. (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the
                   engine member belongs to
   3.2.12.2.8.6. (Euro VI only) lowest concentration of the active ingredient present in the
                   reagent that does not activate the warning system (CDmin): (% vol.)
   48
         To be documented if not already included in the documentation referred to in point 3.2.12.2.7.0.5.
   49
         To be documented in case of a single OBD engine family and if not already included in the
         documentation package(s) referred to in point 3.2.12.2.7.0.4.
EN                                                       20                                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.12.2.8.7. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the
                    Documentation for installing in a vehicle the systems to ensure the correct
                    operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.8. (EURO VI only) Components on-board the vehicle of the systems ensuring the
                    correct operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.8.1. List of components on-board the vehicle of the systems ensuring the correct
                    operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.8.2. When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package
                    related to the installation on the vehicle of the system ensuring the correct
                    operation of NOx control measures of an approved engine
   3.2.12.2.8.8.3. Written description and/or drawing of the warning signal48
   3.2.12.2.8.8.4. Alternative approval provided for in point 2.1 of Annex XIII to Regulation
                    (EU) No 582/2011: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.8.8.5. Heated/non-heated reagent tank and dosing system (see paragraph 2.4 of
                    Annex 11 to UN Regulation No 49 of the Economic Commission for Europe of
                    the United Nations (UN/ECE)50
   3.2.12.2.9.      Torque limiter: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.9.1. Description of the torque limiter activation (heavy-duty vehicles only): …
   3.2.12.2.9.2. Description of the full load curve limitation (heavy-duty vehicles only): …
   3.2.12.2.10.     Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each
                    separate unit)
   3.2.12.2.10.1. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: ….
   3.2.12.2.10.2. The number of Type 1 operating cycles, or equivalent engine test bench cycles,
                    between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions
                    equivalent to Type 1 test (Distance ‘D’ in Figure A6.App1/1 in Appendix 1 to
                    Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/115151 or
                    figure A13/1 in Annex 13 to UN Regulation No 83 of the Economic
                    Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE)52 (as applicable): …
   3.2.12.2.10.2.1.         Applicable Type 1 cycle (indicate the applicable procedure: Regulation
                    (EU) 2017/1151 Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN Regulation No 83): …
   3.2.12.2.10.3. Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between
                    two cycles where regenerative phases occur: …
   50
         UN Regulation No 49 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the measures to be taken against the emission of gaseous and particulate
         pollutants from compression-ignition engines and positive ignition engines for use in vehicles (OJ L 171,
         24.06.2013, p. 1).
   51
         Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of
         the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions
         from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and
         maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the
         Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
         and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (OJ L 751, 7.7.2017, p. 1).
   52
         UN Regulation No 83 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the emission of pollutants
         according to engine fuel requirements (OJ L 42, 15.2.2012, p. 1).
EN                                                      21                                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.12.2.10.4. Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration
                  occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): …
   3.2.12.2.10.5. Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in
                  paragraph 3.1., Annex 13 to UN Regulation No 83: ….
   3.2.12.2.11.   Catalytic converter systems using consumable reagents (provide the
                  information below for each separate unit) yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.11.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed: …
   3.2.12.2.11.2. Normal operational temperature range of reagent: …
   3.2.12.2.11.3. International standard: …
   3.2.12.2.11.4. Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (where appropriate):
   3.2.12.2.11.5. Reagent indicator (description and location): …
   3.2.12.2.11.6. Reagent tank
   3.2.12.2.11.6.1.       Capacity: …
   3.2.12.2.11.6.2.       Heating system: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1.     Description or drawing: …
   3.2.12.2.11.7. Reagent control unit: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.11.7.1.       Make: …
   3.2.12.2.11.7.2.       Type: …
   3.2.12.2.11.8. Reagent injector (make type and location): …
   3.2.12.2.12.   Water injection: yes/no4
   3.2.13.        Smoke opacity
   3.2.13.1.      Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition engines
                  only): …
   3.2.13.2.      Power at six points of measurement (see Appendix 2 of Annex IV to
                  Regulation (EC) No 692/2008)
   3.2.13.3.      Engine power measured on test bench/on the vehicle
   3.2.13.3.1.    Declared speeds and powers
                      Measurement points       Engine speed (min-1)  Power (kW)
                    1……
                    2……
                    3……
                    4……
                    5……
                    6……
EN                                                22                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.14.           Details of any devices designed to influence fuel economy (if not covered by
                     other items): …
   3.2.15.           LPG fuelling system: yes/no4
   3.2.15.1.         The number of the type-approval certificate issued in accordance with Annex
                     IV to this Regulation or UN Regulation No 67 of the Economic Commission
                     for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE)53: …
   3.2.15.2.         Electronic engine management control unit for LPG fuelling
   3.2.15.2.1.       Make(s): …
   3.2.15.2.2.       Type(s): …
   3.2.15.2.3.       Emission-related adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.15.3.         Further documentation
   3.2.15.3.1.       Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to
                     LPG or back: …
   3.2.15.3.2.       System layout (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation
                     hoses, etc.): …
   3.2.15.3.3.       Drawing of the symbol: …
   3.2.16.           NG fuelling system: yes/no4
   3.2.16.1.         The number of the type-approval certificate issued in accordance with Annex
                     IV to this Regulation or UN Regulation No 110 of the Economic Commission
                     for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE)54: …
   3.2.16.2.         Electronic engine management control unit for NG fuelling
   3.2.16.2.1.       Make(s): …
   3.2.16.2.2.       Type(s): …
   3.2.16.2.3.       Emission-related adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.16.3.         Further documentation
   3.2.16.3.1.       Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to
                     NG or back: …
   3.2.16.3.2.       System layout (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation
                     hoses, etc.): …
   3.2.16.3.3.       Drawing of the symbol: …
   53
         UN Regulation No 67 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the I. Approval of specific equipment of vehicles of category M and N
         using liquefied petroleum gases in their propulsion system; II. Approval of vehicles of category M and N
         fitted with specific equipment for the use of liquefied petroleum gases in their propulsion system with
         regard to the installation of such equipment [2016/1829] (OJ L285, 20.10.2016, p. 1).
   54
         UN Regulation No 110 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the approval of: I. specific components of motor vehicles using
         compressed natural gas (CNG) and/or liquefied natural gas (LNG) in their propulsion system; II. vehicles
         with regard to the installation of specific components of an approved type for the use of compressed
         natural gas (CNG) and/or liquefied natural gas (LNG) in their propulsion system [2015/999] (OJ L166,
         30.06.2015, p. 1).
EN                                                        23                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.17.       Specific information related to gas and dual-fuel engines for heavy-duty
                 vehicles (in the case of systems laid out in a different manner, supply
                 equivalent information) (if applicable)
   3.2.17.1.     Fuel: LPG/NG-H/NG-L/NG-HL4
   3.2.17.2.     Pressure regulator(s) or vaporiser/pressure regulator(s)4
   3.2.17.2.1.   Make(s): …
   3.2.17.2.2.   Type(s): …
   3.2.17.2.3.   Number of pressure reduction stages: …
   3.2.17.2.4.   Pressure in final stage minimum: ….. kPa — maximum: …. kPa
   3.2.17.2.5.   Number of main adjustment points: …
   3.2.17.2.6.   Number of idle adjustment points: …
   3.2.17.2.7.   Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.3.     Fuelling system: mixing unit/gas injection/liquid injection/direct injection4
   3.2.17.3.1.   Mixture strength regulation: …
   3.2.17.3.2.   System description and/or diagram and drawings: …
   3.2.17.3.3.   Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.4.     Mixing unit
   3.2.17.4.1.   Number: …
   3.2.17.4.2.   Make(s): …
   3.2.17.4.3.   Type(s): …
   3.2.17.4.4.   Location: …
   3.2.17.4.5.   Adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.17.4.6.   Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.5.     Inlet manifold injection
   3.2.17.5.1.   Injection: single point/multipoint4
   3.2.17.5.2.   Injection: continuous/simultaneously timed/sequentially timed4
   3.2.17.5.3.   Injection equipment
   3.2.17.5.3.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.17.5.3.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.17.5.3.3. Adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.17.5.3.4. Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.5.4.   Supply pump (if applicable)
   3.2.17.5.4.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.17.5.4.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.17.5.4.3. Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.5.5.   Injector(s) …
EN                                               24                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.17.5.5.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.17.5.5.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.17.5.5.3. Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.6.         Direct injection
   3.2.17.6.1.       Injection pump/pressure regulator4
   3.2.17.6.1.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.17.6.1.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.17.6.1.3. Injection timing: …
   3.2.17.6.1.4. Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.6.2.       Injector(s) …
   3.2.17.6.2.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.17.6.2.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.17.6.2.3. Opening pressure or characteristic diagram41: …
   3.2.17.6.2.4. Number of the type-approval certificate: …
   3.2.17.7.         Electronic control unit (ECU)
   3.2.17.7.1.       Make(s): …
   3.2.17.7.2.       Type(s): …
   3.2.17.7.3.       Adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.17.7.4.       Software calibration number(s): …
   3.2.17.8.         NG fuel-specific equipment
   3.2.17.8.1.       Variant 1 (only in the case of approvals of engines for several specific fuel
                     compositions)
   3.2.17.8.1.0.1. (Euro VI only) Self-adaptive feature? yes/no4
   3.2.17.8.1.0.2. (Euro VI only) Calibration for a specific gas composition NG-H/NG-L/NG-
                     HL/LNG4
                     Transformation for a specific gas composition NG-Ht/NG-Lt/NG-HLt4
   3.2.17.8.1.1. Fuel composition:
           methane (CH4):             basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
           ethane (C2H6):             basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
           propane (C3H8):            basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
           butane (C4H10):            basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
           C5/C5+:                    basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
           oxygen (O2):               basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
           inert (N2, He, etc.):      basis: ……. % mole    min. …. % mole max. ….. % mole
EN                                                      25                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.17.8.1.2. Injector(s)
   3.2.17.8.1.2.1. Make(s): …
   3.2.17.8.1.2.2. Type(s): …
   3.2.17.8.1.3. Others (if applicable): …
   3.2.17.8.2.     Variant 2 (only in the case of approvals for several specific fuel compositions)
   3.2.17.9.       When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation for installing
                   the dual-fuel engine in a vehicle42
   3.2.18.         Hydrogen fuelling system: yes/no4
   3.2.18.1.       The number of the EU type-approval certificate issued in accordance with
                   Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council55:
                   …
   3.2.18.2.       Electronic engine management control unit for hydrogen fuelling
   3.2.18.2.1.     Make(s): …
   3.2.18.2.2.     Type(s): …
   3.2.18.2.3.     Emission-related adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.18.3.       Further documentation
   3.2.18.3.1.     Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to
                   hydrogen or back: …
   3.2.18.3.2.     System lay-out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation
                   hoses, etc.): …
   3.2.18.3.3.     Drawing of the symbol: …
   3.2.19.         H2NG fuelling system: yes/no4
   3.2.19.1.       Percentage of hydrogen in the fuel (the maximum specified by the
                   manufacturer): …
   3.2.19.2.       Number of the EU type-approval certificate issued in accordance with UN
                   Regulation No 110: …
   3.2.19.3.       Electronic engine management control unit for H2NG fuelling
   3.2.19.3.1.     Make(s): …
   3.2.19.3.2.     Type(s): …
   3.2.19.3.3.     Emission-related adjustment possibilities: …
   3.2.19.4.       Further documentation
   3.2.19.4.2.     System lay-out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation
                   hoses, etc.): …
   3.2.19.4.3.     Drawing of the symbol: …
   3.2.20.         Heat storage information1
   55
         Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 January 2009 on type-
         approval of hydrogen-powered motor vehicles, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 35, 4.2.2009,
         p. 32).
EN                                                    26                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.20.1.     Active heat storage device: yes/no4
   3.2.20.1.1.   Enthalpy: … (J)
   3.2.20.2.     Insulation materials: yes/no4
   3.2.20.2.1.   Insulation material: …
   3.2.20.2.2.   Insulation volume: …
   3.2.20.2.3.   Insulation weight: …
   3.2.20.2.4.   Insulation location: …
   3.2.20.2.5.   Worst case approach vehicle cool down: yes/no4
   3.2.20.2.5.1. (Not worst-case approach) Minimum soaking time, tsoak_ATCT (hours): …
   3.2.20.2.5.2. (Not worst-case approach) Location of the engine temperature measurement:
                 …
   3.2.20.2.6.   Single interpolation family within the ATCT family approach: yes/no4
   3.3.          Electric machine
                 (describe information of each type of electric machine separately)
   3.3.1.        Type (winding, excitation): …
   3.3.1.1.1.    Maximum net power43 … kW (manufacturer’s declared value)
   3.3.1.1.2.    Maximum 30 minutes power43… kW (manufacturer’s declared value)
   3.3.1.2.      Operating voltage: … V
   3.3.2.        REESS
   3.3.2.1.      Number of cells: …
   3.3.2.2.      Mass: …… kg
   3.3.2.3.      Capacity: …… Ah (Amp-hours)
   3.3.2.4.      Position: …
   3.4.          Combinations of propulsion energy converters
   3.4.1.        Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no4
   3.4.2.        Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off-vehicle charging/not off-vehicle
                 charging4:
   3.4.3.        Operating mode switch: with/without4
   3.4.3.1.      Selectable modes
   3.4.3.1.1.    Pure electric: yes/no4
   3.4.3.1.2.    Pure fuel consuming: yes/no4
   3.4.3.1.3.    Hybrid modes: yes/no4
                 (If yes, short description): …
   3.4.4.        Description of the           energy  storage  device:  (REESS,      capacitor,
                 flywheel/generator)
   3.4.4.1.      Make(s): …
EN                                                27                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.4.4.2.          Type(s): …
   3.4.4.3.          Identification number: …
   3.4.4.4.          Kind of electrochemical couple: …
   3.4.4.5.          Energy: … (for REESS: voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J, …)
   3.4.4.6.          Charger: on board/external/without4
   3.4.5.            Electric machine (describe each type of electric machine separately)
   3.4.5.1.          Make: …
   3.4.5.2.          Type: …
   3.4.5.3.          Primary use: traction motor/generator4
   3.4.5.3.1.        When used as traction motor: single-/multimotors (number)4: …
   3.4.5.4.          Maximum power: …… kW
   3.4.5.5.          Working principle
   3.4.5.5.5.1.      Direct current/alternating current/number of phases: …
   3.4.5.5.2.        Separate excitation/series/compound4
   3.4.5.5.3.        Synchronous/asynchronous4
   3.4.6.            Control unit
   3.4.6.1.          Make(s): …
   3.4.6.2.          Type(s): …
   3.4.6.3.          Identification number: …
   3.4.7.            Power controller
   3.4.7.1.          Make: …
   3.4.7.2.          Type: …
   3.4.7.3.          Identification number: …
   3.5.              Manufacturer's declared values for determination of CO2 emissions/fuel
                     consumption/electric consumption/electric range and details of eco-
                     innovations (where applicable)56
   3.5.1.            CO2 mass emissions
   3.5.1.1.          CO2 mass emissions (urban conditions): … g/km
   3.5.1.2.          CO2 mass emissions (extra-urban conditions): … g/km
   3.5.1.3.          CO2 mass emissions (combined): … g/km
   3.5.2.            Fuel consumption (provide details for each reference fuel tested)
   56
          Determined in accordance with the requirements of Regulation No 101 of the Economic Commission for
          Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of passenger
          cars powered by an internal combustion engine only, or powered by a hybrid electric power train with
          regard to the measurement of the emission of carbon dioxide and fuel consumption and/or the
          measurement of electric energy consumption and electric range, and of categories M 1 and N 1 vehicles
          powered by an electric power train only with regard to the measurement of electric energy consumption
          and electric range (OJ L138, 26.5.2012, p. 1).
EN                                                       28                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.5.2.1.          Fuel consumption           (urban    conditions)…        l/100km    or     m3/100km      or
                     kg/100km4
   3.5.2.2.          Fuel consumption (extra-urban conditions)… l/100km or m3/100km or
                     kg/100km4
   3.5.2.3.          Fuel consumption (combined) … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   3.5.3.            Electric energy consumption for electric vehicles
   3.5.3.1.          Electric energy consumption for pure electric vehicles … Wh/km
   3.5.3.2.          Electric energy consumption for externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles
   3.5.3.2.1.        Electric energy consumption (Condition A, combined) … Wh/km
   3.5.3.2.2.        Electric energy consumption (Condition B, combined) … Wh/km
   3.5.3.2.3.        Electric energy consumption (weighted combined) … Wh/km
   3.5.4.            CO2 emissions for heavy duty engines (Euro VI only)
   3.5.4.1.          CO2 mass emissions WHSC test57: … g/kWh
   3.5.4.2.          CO2 mass emissions WHSC test in diesel mode58: … g/kWh
   3.5.4.3.          CO2 mass emissions WHSC test in dual-fuel mode42: … g/kWh
   3.5.4.4.          CO2 mass emissions WHTC test57 59: … g/kWh
   3.5.4.5.          CO2 mass emissions WHTC test in diesel mode58 59: … g/kWh
   3.5.4.6.          CO2 mass emissions WHTC test in dual-fuel mode42 59: … g/kWh
   3.5.5.            Fuel consumption for heavy duty engines (Euro VI only)
   3.5.5.1.          Fuel consumption WHSC test57: … g/kWh
   3.5.5.2.          Fuel consumption WHSC test in diesel mode58: … g/kWh
   3.5.5.3.          Fuel consumption WHSC test in in dual-fuel mode42: … g/kWh
   3.5.5.4.          Fuel consumption WHTC test57 59: … g/kWh
   3.5.5.5.          Fuel consumption WHTC test in diesel mode58 59: … g/kWh
   3.5.5.6.          Fuel consumption WHTC test in dual-fuel mode42 59: … g/kWh
   3.5.6.            Vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation within the meaning of Article 12 of
                     Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council60
                     for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European
                     Parliament and of the Council61 for N1 vehicles: yes/no4
   57
          Except for dual-fuel engines or vehicles.
   58
          In the case of Type 1B, Type 2B, and Type 3B of dual-fuel engines.
   59
          Value for the combined WHTC including cold and hot part in accordance with Annex VIII to Regulation
          (EU) No 582/2011.
   60
          Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 setting
          emission performance standards for new passenger cars as part of the Community's integrated approach to
          reduce CO 2 emissions from light-duty vehicles (OJ L 140, 5.6.2009, p. 1).
   61
          Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2011 setting
          emission performance standards for new light commercial vehicles as part of the Union's integrated
          approach to reduce CO 2 emissions from light-duty vehicles (OJ L 145, 31.5.2011, p. 1).
EN                                                      29                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.5.6.1.             Type/Variant/Version of the baseline vehicle as referred to in Article 5 of
                        Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 725/201162 for M1 vehicles or
                        Article 5 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 427/201463 for N1
                        vehicles (if applicable) …
   3.5.6.2.             Existence of interactions between different eco-innovations: yes/no4
   3.5.6.3.             Emissions data related to the use of eco-innovations (repeat the table for each
                        reference fuel tested)64
       Decision      Code of the        1. CO2           2. CO2          3. CO2        4. CO2         5. Usage     CO2
      approving          eco-        emissions of       emissions     emissions of   emissions     factor (UF), emissions
       the eco-      innovation66    the baseline      of the eco-    the baseline  of the eco-   i.e. temporal  savings
    innovation65                       vehicle         innovation    vehicle under  innovation        share of
                                        (g/km)           vehicle      Type 1 test-     vehicle      technology    ((1-2-
                                                         (g/km)          cycle67    under Type        usage in   (3-4))*5
                                                                                    1 test-cycle       normal
                                                                                    (= 3.5.1.3)      operation
                                                                                                    conditions
   xxxx/201x
   Total CO2 emissions savings (g/km)68
   3.5.7.               Manufacturer’s declared values
   3.5.7.1.             Test vehicle parameters1
                    Vehicle                       Vehicle Low       Vehicle High       VM                V        Default
                                                      (VL)              (VH)       if existing   representative   values
                                                   if existing                                   (only for road
                                                                                                  load matrix
                                                                                                     family)69
   Vehicle (variant/version)                                                       —
   Road load method used (measurement                                              —             —
   or calculation by road load family)
   62
            Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 of 25 July 2011 establishing a procedure for
            the approval and certification of innovative technologies for reducing CO 2 emissions from passenger
            cars pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 194,
            26.7.2011, p. 19).
   63
            Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 of 25 April 2014 establishing a procedure for
            the approval and certification of innovative technologies for reducing CO 2 emissions from light
            commercial vehicles pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the
            Council (OJ L 125, 26.4.2014, p. 57).
   64
            Expand the table if necessary, using one extra row per eco-innovation.
   65
            Number of the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation.
   66
            Assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation.
   67
            Under agreement of the type-approval authority, if a modelling methodology is applied instead of the
            type 1 test cycle, this value shall be the one provided by the modelling methodology.
   68
            Sum of the CO2 emissions savings of each individual eco-innovation.
   69
            Representative vehicle is tested for the road load matrix family.
EN                                                                 30                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---    Road load information:
   Tyres make and type, if measurement                                    —
   method is used
   Tyre      dimensions     (front/rear),    if                           —
   measurement method is used
   Tyre rolling resistance (front/rear) (kg/t)
   Tyre pressure (front/rear) (kPa), if
   measurement method is used
   Delta CD × A of vehicle L compared to        —                         —            —
   vehicle H (IP_H minus IP_L)
   Delta CD × A compared to road load                                     —            —
   family vehicle L (IP_H/L minus RL_L),
   if calculation by road load family
   Vehicle test mass (kg)
   Road load coefficients
   f0 (N)
   f1 (N/(km/h))
   f2 (N/(km/h)2)
   Frontal area m2 (0,000 m2)                   —          —              —
   Cycle Energy Demand (J)
   3.5.7.1.1.           Fuel used for the Type 1 test and selected for the measurement of the net
                        power in accordance with Annex XX to Commission Regulation (EU) No
                        136/201470: …
   3.5.7.2.             Combined CO2 mass emissions
   3.5.7.2.1.           CO2 mass emission for pure ICE vehicles and NOVC-HEVs
   3.5.7.2.1.0.         Minimum and maximum CO2 values within the interpolation family
   3.5.7.2.1.1.         Vehicle high: … g/km
   3.5.7.2.1.1.0. Vehicle high (NEDC): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.1.2.         Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.1.2.0. Vehicle low (if applicable) (NEDC): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.1.3.         Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.1.3.0. Vehicle M (if applicable) (NEDC): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.2.           Charge-Sustaining CO2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs
   70
            Commission Regulation (EU) No 136/2014 of 11 February 2014 amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the
            European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 as regards emissions
            from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and Commission Regulation (EU)
            No 582/2011 as regards emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) (OJ L43, 13.2.2014, p. 12).
EN                                                       31                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.5.7.2.2.1.   Charge Sustaining CO2 mass emission vehicle high: g/km
   3.5.7.2.2.1.0. Combined CO2 mass emission vehicle high (NEDC Condition B): g/km
   3.5.7.2.2.2.   Charge Sustaining CO2 mass emission vehicle low (if applicable): g/km
   3.5.7.2.2.2.0. Combined CO2 mass emission vehicle low (if applicable) (NEDC Condition
                  B): g/km
   3.5.7.2.2.3.   Charge Sustaining CO2 mass emission vehicle M (if applicable): g/km
   3.5.7.2.2.3.0. Combined CO2 mass emission vehicle M (if applicable) (NEDC Condition B):
                  g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.     Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission and weighted CO2 mass emission for
                  OVC-HEVs
   3.5.7.2.3.1.   Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission of Vehicle high: … g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.1.0. Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission of Vehicle high (NEDC Condition A):
                  … g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.2.   Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission of Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.2.0. Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission of Vehicle low (if applicable) (NEDC
                  Condition A): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.3.   Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission of Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.3.0. Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission of Vehicle M (if applicable) (NEDC
                  Condition A): … g/km
   3.5.7.2.3.4.   Minimum and maximum weighted CO2 values within the OVC interpolation
                  family: … g/km
   3.5.7.3.       Electric range for electrified vehicles
   3.5.7.3.1.     Pure Electric Range (PER) for PEVs
   3.5.7.3.1.1.   Vehicle high: … km
   3.5.7.3.1.2.   Vehicle low (if applicable): … km
   3.5.7.3.2.     All Electric Range AER for OVC-HEVs
   3.5.7.3.2.1.   Vehicle high: … km
   3.5.7.3.2.2.   Vehicle low (if applicable): … km
   3.5.7.3.2.3.   Vehicle M (if applicable): … km
   3.5.7.4.       Charge Sustaining fuel consumption (FCCS) for FCHVs
   3.5.7.4.1.     Vehicle high: … kg/100km
   3.5.7.4.2.     Vehicle low (if applicable): … kg/100km
   3.5.7.5.       Electric energy consumption for electrified vehicles
   3.5.7.5.1.     Combined electric energy consumption (ECWLTC) for Pure electric vehicles
   3.5.7.5.1.1.   Vehicle high: … Wh/km
   3.5.7.5.1.2.   Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km
   3.5.7.5.2.     Utility factor weighted charge-depleting electric consumption ECAC,CD
                  (combined)
EN                                                 32                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.5.7.5.2.1.       Vehicle high: … Wh/km
   3.5.7.5.2.2.       Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km
   3.5.7.5.2.3.       Vehicle M (if applicable): … Wh/km
   3.5.8.             Vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation within the meaning of Article 12 of
                      Regulation (EC) 443/2009 for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU)
                      No 510/2011 for N1 vehicles: yes/no4
   3.5.8.1.           Type/Variant/Version of the baseline vehicle as referred to in Article 5 of
                      Implementing Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles or Article 5 of
                      Implementing Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles (if applicable):
                      …
   3.5.8.2.           Existence of interactions between different eco-innovations: yes/no4
   3.5.8.3.           Emissions data related to the use of eco-innovations (repeat the table for each
                      reference fuel tested)64
       Decision      Code of the     1. CO2       2. CO2          3. CO2        4. CO2       5. Usage       CO2
      approving         eco-      emissions of   emissions     emissions of   emissions   factor (UF),   emissions
       the eco-     innovation66  the baseline  of the eco-    the baseline  of the eco-  i.e. temporal   savings
    innovation65                     vehicle    innovation    vehicle under  innovation      share of    ((1 – 2) –
                                     (g/km)       vehicle       type 1 test-   vehicle     technology   (3 – 4)) * 5
                                                  (g/km)          cycle67    under type      usage in
                                                                             1 test-cycle     normal
                                                                                            operation
                                                                                            conditions
   xxxx/201x
   Total NEDC CO2 emissions saving (g/km)68
   Total WLTP CO2 emissions saving (g/km)68
   3.5.9.             CO2 emissions and fuel consumption certification (for heavy-duty vehicles, as
                      specified in Article 6 of Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/240071)
   3.5.9.1.           Simulation tool license number: …
   3.5.9.2.           Zero emission heavy-duty vehicle: yes/no4 72 169
   3.5.9.3.           Vocational vehicle: yes/no4 72 170
   3.5.10.            Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)
                      Complete RDE trip: NOx: ..., Particles (number): ...
                      Urban RDE trip: NOx: ..., Particles (number): ...
   3.6.               Temperatures permitted by the manufacturer
   71
            Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/2400 of 12 December 2017 implementing Regulation (EC)
            No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the determination of the CO2
            emissions and fuel consumption of heavy-duty vehicles and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the
            European Parliament and of the Council and Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 (OJ L349,
            29.12.2017, p. 1).
   72
              As defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/2400
EN                                                          33                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.6.1.             Cooling system
   3.6.1.1.           Liquid cooling
                      Maximum temperature at outlet: …… K
   3.6.1.2.           Air cooling
   3.6.1.2.1.         Reference point: …
   3.6.1.2.2.         Maximum temperature at reference point: …… K
   3.6.2.             Maximum outlet temperature of the inlet intercooler: …… K
   3.6.3.             Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to
                      the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold or turbocharger: …… K
   3.6.4.             Fuel temperature
                      Minimum: …… K — maximum: …… K
                      For diesel engines at injection pump inlet, for gas fuelled engines at pressure
                      regulator final stage
   3.6.5.             Lubricant temperature
                      Minimum: …. K — maximum: …… K
   3.6.6.             Fuel pressure
                      Minimum: …… kPa — maximum: …… kPa
                      At pressure regulator final stage, NG fuelled gas engines only.
   3.7.               Engine-driven equipment
                      Power absorbed by the auxiliaries needed for operating the engine as specified
                      in and under the operation conditions of UN Regulation No 85, Annex 5,
                      paragraph 2.3.173
                Equipment                               Power absorbed (kW) at various engine speeds
                                         Idle      Low        High      Speed A74      Speed       Speed    Ref.
                                                  speed       speed                     B74          C74        75
                                                                                                          speed
   P(a)
   Auxiliaries needed for operating the
   engine (to be subtracted from
   measured engine power)
   3.8.               Lubrication system
   3.8.1.             Description of the system
   3.8.1.1.           Position of lubricant reservoir: …
   3.8.1.2.           Feed system (by pump/injection into intake/mixing with fuel, etc.)4
   73
          UN Regulation No 85 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of internal combustion engines or electric drive trains
          intended for the propulsion of motor vehicles of categories M and N with regard to the measurement of
          net power and the maximum 30 minutes power of electric drive trains (OJ L 323, 7.11.2014, p. 52).
   74
          ESC test.
   75
          ETC test only.
EN                                                       34                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.8.2.      Lubricating pump
   3.8.2.1.    Make(s): …
   3.8.2.2.    Type(s): …
   3.8.3.      Mixture with fuel
   3.8.3.1.    Percentage: …
   3.8.4.      Oil cooler: yes/no4
   3.8.4.1.    Drawing(s): …… or
   3.8.4.1.1.  Make(s): …
   3.8.4.1.2.  Type(s): …
   3.8.5.      Lubricant specification: … W …
   3.9.        Hydrogen propulsion
   3.9.1.      Hydrogen system designed to use liquid hydrogen / Hydrogen system
               designed to use compressed (gaseous) hydrogen4
   3.9.1.1.    Description and drawing of the hydrogen system: …
   3.9.1.2.    Name and address of the manufacturer(s) of the hydrogen system used for the
               propulsion of the vehicle: …
   3.9.1.3.    Manufacturer’s system code(s) (as marked on the system, or other means of
               identification): ...
   3.9.1.4.    Automatic shut-off valve(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.4.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.4.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.4.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: …           MPa
   3.9.1.4.4.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.4.5.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.4.6.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.4.7.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.4.8.  Material: …
   3.9.1.4.9.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.4.10. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.5.    Check valve(s) or non-return valve(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.5.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.5.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.5.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.5.4.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.5.5.  Operating temperature4: …
EN                                            35                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.9.1.5.6.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.5.7.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.5.8.  Material: …
   3.9.1.5.9.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.5.10. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.6.    Container(s) and container assembly: yes/no4
   3.9.1.6.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.6.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.6.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.6.4.  Nominal working pressure4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.6.5.  Number of filling cycles4: …
   3.9.1.6.6.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.6.7.  Capacity: … litres
               (water)
   3.9.1.6.8.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.6.9.  Material: …
   3.9.1.6.10. Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.6.11. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.7.    Fittings: yes/no4
   3.9.1.7.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.7.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.7.3.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)41: … MPa
   3.9.1.7.4.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate: …
   3.9.1.7.5.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.7.6.  Material: …
   3.9.1.7.7.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.7.8.  Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.8.    Flexible fuel line(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.8.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.8.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.8.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.8.4.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.8.5.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.8.6.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
EN                                            36                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.9.1.8.7.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.8.8.  Material: …
   3.9.1.8.9.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.8.10. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.9.    Heat exchanger(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.9.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.9.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.9.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.9.4.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.9.5.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.9.6.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.9.7.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.9.8.  Material: …
   3.9.1.9.9.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.9.10. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.10.   Hydrogen filter(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.10.1. Make(s): …
   3.9.1.10.2. Type(s): …
   3.9.1.10.3. Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.10.4. Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.10.5. Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.10.6. Material: …
   3.9.1.10.7. Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.10.8. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.11.   Hydrogen leakage detection sensors: …
   3.9.1.11.1. Make(s): …
   3.9.1.11.2. Type(s): …
   3.9.1.11.3. Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.11.4. Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
               maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.11.5. Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.11.6. Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.11.7. Set values: …
   3.9.1.11.8. Type-approval certificate number: …
EN                                            37                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.9.1.11.9.  Material: …
   3.9.1.11.10. Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.11.11. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.12.    Manual or automatic valve(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.12.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.12.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.12.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.12.4.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
                maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.12.5.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.12.6.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.12.7.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.12.8.  Material: …
   3.9.1.12.9.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.12.10. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.13.    Pressure and/or temperature and/or hydrogen and/or flow sensor(s)4: yes/no4
   3.9.1.13.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.13.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.13.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.13.4.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
                maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.13.5.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.13.6.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.13.7.  Set values: …
   3.9.1.13.8.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.13.9.  Material: …
   3.9.1.13.10. Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.13.11. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.14.    Pressure regulator(s): yes/no4
   3.9.1.14.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.14.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.14.3.  Number of main adjustment points: …
   3.9.1.14.4.  Description of principle of adjustment through main adjustment points: …
   3.9.1.14.5.  Number of idle adjustment points: …
   3.9.1.14.6.  Description of principles of adjustment through idle adjustment points: …
   3.9.1.14.7.  Other adjustment possibilities: if so and which (description and drawings): …
EN                                              38                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.9.1.14.8.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.14.9.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
                maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.14.10. Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.14.11. Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.14.12. Input and output pressure: …
   3.9.1.14.13. Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.14.14. Material: …
   3.9.1.14.15. Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.14.16. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.15.    Pressure relief device: yes/no4
   3.9.1.15.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.15.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.15.3.  Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.15.4.  Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.15.5.  Set pressure4: …
   3.9.1.15.6.  Set temperature4: …
   3.9.1.15.7.  Blow off capacity4: …
   3.9.1.15.8.  Normal maximum operating temperature4 41: … °C
   3.9.1.15.9.  Nominal working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.15.10. Number of filling cycles (Class 0 components only)4: …
   3.9.1.15.11. Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.15.12. Material: …
   3.9.1.15.13. Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.15.14. Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.16.    Pressure relief valve: yes/no4
   3.9.1.16.1.  Make(s): …
   3.9.1.16.2.  Type(s): …
   3.9.1.16.3.  Nominal working pressure(s) and if downstream of the first pressure regulator,
                maximum allowable working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.16.4.  Set pressure4: …
   3.9.1.16.5.  Number of filling cycles or duty cycles as appropriate4: …
   3.9.1.16.6.  Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.16.7.  Material: …
   3.9.1.16.8.  Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.16.9.  Description and drawing: …
EN                                              39                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.9.1.17.         Refuelling connection or receptacle: yes/no4
   3.9.1.17.1.       Make(s): …
   3.9.1.17.2.       Type(s): …
   3.9.1.17.3.       Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.17.4.       Operating temperature4: …
   3.9.1.17.5.       Nominal working pressure(s)4 41: … MPa
   3.9.1.17.6.       Number of filling cycles (Class 0 components only)4: …
   3.9.1.17.7.       Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.17.8.       Material: …
   3.9.1.17.9.       Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.17.10.      Description and drawing: …
   3.9.1.18.         Removable storage system connector: yes/no4
   3.9.1.18.1.       Make(s): …
   3.9.1.18.2.       Type(s): …
   3.9.1.18.3.       Nominal working pressure(s) and maximum allowable working pressure(s)41:
                     … MPa
   3.9.1.18.4.       Number of duty cycles: …
   3.9.1.18.5.       Type-approval certificate number: …
   3.9.1.18.6.       Material: …
   3.9.1.18.7.       Operating principles: …
   3.9.1.18.8.       Description and drawing: …
   3.9.2.            Further documentation
   3.9.2.1.          Process diagram (flow chart) of the hydrogen system
   3.9.2.2.          System layout including electrical connections and other external system
                     (inputs and/or out-puts etc.)
   3.9.2.3.          Key to symbols used in documentation
   3.9.2.4.          Adjustment data of pressure relief devices and pressure regulators
   3.9.2.5.          Layout of cooling/heating system(s) including Nominal or Maximum
                     Allowable Working Pressure (NAWP or MAWP) and operating temperatures
   3.9.2.6.          Drawings showing requirements for installation and operation.
   4.                TRANSMISSION76
   4.1.              Drawing of the transmission: …
   4.2.              Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.): …
   4.2.1.            A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
   76
          The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants.
EN                                                         40                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.3.            Moment of inertia of engine flywheel: …
   4.3.1.          Additional moment of inertia with no gear engaged: …
   4.4.            Clutch(es): …
   4.4.1.          Type: …
   4.4.2.          Maximum torque conversion: …
   4.5.            Gearbox
   4.5.1           Type:                     Manual/Automatic/CVT(continuously                              variable
                   transmission)/Fixedratio/Automised/Other/Wheel hub4
   4.5.1.4.        Torque rating (for heavy duty vehicles): …
   4.5.1.5.        Number of clutches: …
   4.5.2.          Location relative to the engine: …
   4.5.3.          Method of control: …
   4.5.4.          Additional gearbox for alternative propulsions: …
   4.6.            Gear ratios
          Gear         Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine   Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox  Total gear
                         to gearbox output shaft revolutions)    output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)   ratios
   Maximum for CVT
   1
   2
   3
   …
   Minimum for CVT
   Reverse
   4.6.1.          Gearshift1
   4.6.1.1.        Gear 1 excluded: yes/no4
   4.6.1.2.        n_95_high for each gear: … min– 1
   4.6.1.3.        nmin_drive
   4.6.1.3.1.      1st gear: … min– 1
   4.6.1.3.2.      1st gear to 2nd: … min– 1
   4.6.1.3.3.      2nd gear to standstill: … min– 1
   4.6.1.3.4.      2nd gear: … min– 1
   4.6.1.3.5.      3rd gear and beyond: … min– 1
   4.6.1.4.        n_min_drive_set for acceleration/constant speed phases (n_min_drive_up): … min– 1
   4.6.1.5.        n_min_drive_set for deceleration phases (nmin_drive_down):
   4.6.1.6.        initial period of time
EN                                                           41                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.6.1.6.1.        t_start_phase: … s
   4.6.1.6.2.        n_min_drive_start: … min– 1
   4.6.1.6.3.        n_min_drive_up_start: … min– 1
   4.6.1.7.          use of ASM: yes/no4
   4.6.1.7.1.        ASM values: …
   4.7.              Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h)77: …
   4.8.              Speedometer and odometer
                     Speedometer:
   4.8.1.            Method of operation and description of drive mechanism: …
   4.8.2.            Instrument constant: …
   4.8.3.            Tolerance of the measuring mechanism (pursuant to paragraph 2.2.3 of UN
                     Regulation No 39 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United
                     Nations (UN/ECE)78: …
   4.8.4.            Overall transmission ratio (pursuant to paragraph 2.2.2 of UN Regulation
                     No 39) or equivalent data: …
   4.8.5.            Diagram of the speedometer scale or other forms of display: …
                     Odometer:
   4.8.6.            The technical constant of odometer (pursuant to paragraph 2.2.4 of UN
                     Regulation No 39: …
   4.8.7.            The number of numerals: …
   4.9.              Tachograph: yes/no4
   4.9.1.            Approval mark: …
   4.10.             Differential lock: yes/no/optional4
   4.11.             Gear shift indicator (GSI)
   4.11.1.           Acoustic indication available yes/no4. If yes, description of sound and sound
                     level at the driver’s ear in dB(A). (Acoustic indication always switchable
                     on/off)
   4.11.2.           Information according to point 4.6 of Annex I to Commission Regulation (EU)
                     No 65/201279 (manufacturer’s declared value)
   4.11.3.           Photographs and/or drawings of the gear shift indicator instrument and brief
                     description of the system components and operation:
   77
          With respect to trailers, maximum speed permitted by the manufacturer.
   78
          UN Regulation No 39 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the speedometer and odometer
          equipment including its installation (OJ L 302 28.11.2018, p. 106).
   79
          Commission Regulation (EU) No 65/2012 of 24 January 2012 implementing Regulation (EC)
          No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards gear shift indicators and amending
          Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L28, 31.1.2012, p. 24).
EN                                                        42                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.12.              Gearbox lubricant: … W …
   5.                 AXLES
   5.1.               Description of each axle: …
   5.2.               Make: …
   5.3.               Type: …
   5.4.               Position of retractable axle(s): …
   5.5.               Position of loadable axle(s): …
   6.                 SUSPENSION
   6.1.               Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …
   6.2.               Type and design of the suspension of each axle or group of axles or wheel: …
   6.2.1.             Level adjustment: yes/no/optional4
   6.2.2.             A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
   6.2.3.             Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no4
   6.2.3.1.           Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no4
   6.2.3.2.           Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
   6.2.4.             Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no4
   6.2.4.1.           Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no4
   6.2.4.2.           Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …
   6.3.               Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, characteristics
                      of the materials and dimensions): …
   6.4.               Stabilisers: yes/no/optional4
   6.5.               Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional4
   6.6.               Tyres and wheels
   6.6.1.             Tyre/wheel combination(s)
   6.6.1.1.           Axles
   6.6.1.1.1.         Axle 1: …
   6.6.1.1.1.1.        6.6.1.1.1.2.        6.6.1.1.1.3.        6.6.1.1.1.4.      6.6.1.1.1.5.     6.6.1.1.1.6.
   Tyre          size  Load-capacity       Speed     category  Wheel rim size(s) Wheel off-set(s) Rolling resistance
   designation         index               symbol80                                               coefficient (RRC)
   6.6.1.1.2.         Axle 2: …
   80
           For tyres of category Z intended to be fitted on vehicles whose maximum speed exceeds 300 km/h
           equivalent information shall be provided.
EN                                                           43                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    6.6.1.1.2.1.       6.6.1.1.2.2.      6.6.1.1.2.3.         6.6.1.1.2.4.      6.6.1.1.2.5.     6.6.1.1.2.6.
   Tyre         size  Load-capacity     Speed      category  Wheel rim size(s) Wheel off-set(s) Rolling resistance
   designation        index             symbol80                                                coefficient (RRC)
                     etc.
   6.6.1.2.          Spare wheel, if any: …
   6.6.2.            Upper and lower limits of rolling radii
   6.6.2.1.          Axle 1: … mm
   6.6.2.2.          Axle 2: … mm
   6.6.2.3.          Axle 3: …mm
   6.6.2.4.          Axle 4: …mm
                     etc.
   6.6.3.            Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa
   6.6.4.            Snow traction device/tyre/wheel combination on the front and/or rear axle that
                     is suitable for the type of vehicle, as recommended by the manufacturer: …
   6.6.5.            Brief description of temporary use spare unit (if any): …
   7.                STEERING
   7.1.              Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry: …
   7.2.              Transmission and control
   7.2.1.            Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
   7.2.2.            Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front
                     and rear, if applicable): …
   7.2.2.1.          A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
   7.2.3.            Method of assistance (if any): …
   7.2.3.1.          Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s): …
   7.2.4.            Diagram of the steering equipment as a whole, showing the position on the
                     vehicle of the various devices influencing its steering behaviour: …
   7.2.5.            Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s): …
   7.2.6.            Range and method of adjustment (if any), of the steering control: …
   7.3.              Maximum steering angle of the wheels
   7.3.1.            To the right: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent
                     data): …
   7.3.2.            To the left: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent
                     data): …
   8.                BRAKES
EN                                                         44                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---               (The following particulars, including means of identification, where applicable,
              are to be given)
   8.1.       Type and characteristics of the brakes including details and drawings of i.a. the
              drums, discs, hoses, make and type of shoe/pad assemblies and/or linings,
              effective braking areas, radius of drums, shoes or discs, mass of drums,
              adjustment devices, electro-magnetic action, fluid braking forces, engine
              braking, relevant parts of the axle(s) and suspension: …
   8.2.       Operating diagram, description and/or drawing of the braking system including
              details and drawings of the transmission and controls:
   8.2.1.     Service braking system: …
   8.2.2.     Secondary braking system: …
   8.2.3.     Parking braking system: …
   8.2.4.     Any additional braking system: …
   8.2.5.     Break-away braking system: …
   8.2.6.     Category of regenerative braking system: A/B4
   8.2.6.1.   Description of the regeneration system: …
   8.2.6.1.1. Make control unit: …
   8.2.6.1.2. Type control unit: …
   8.2.6.1.3. Axle the braking system is fitted to: Axle 1/Axle 2/Axle 3/…
   8.2.6.1.4. Parameters controlling the brake force: …
   8.3.       Control and transmission of trailer braking systems in vehicles designed to tow
              a trailer: …
   8.4.       Vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer with electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4 service
              brakes: yes/no4
   8.5.       Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional4
   8.5.1.     Make of the ABS unit: …
   8.5.2.     Type of the ABS unit: …
   8.5.3.     For vehicles with anti-lock systems, description of system operation (including
              any electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or pneumatic circuit
              plan: …
   8.6.       Calculation and curves according to Annex 10 to UN Regulation No 13 or to
              the Annex 14 thereto, if applicable: …
   8.7.       Description and/or drawing of the energy supply, also to be specified for
              power-assisted braking systems: …
   8.7.1.     In the case of compressed-air braking systems, working pressure p2 in the
              pressure reservoir(s): …
   8.7.2.     In the case of vacuum braking systems, the initial energy level in the
              reservoir(s): …
EN                                            45                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    8.8.       Calculation of the braking system: Determination of the ratio between the total
              braking forces at the circumference of the wheels and the force applied to the
              braking control: …
   8.9.       Brief description of the braking system according to paragraph 12 of Annex 2
              to UN Regulation No 13: …
   8.10.      If claiming exemptions from the Type I and/or Type II or Type III tests, state
              the number of the report in accordance with Appendix 3 of Annex 11 to UN
              Regulation No 13: …
   8.11.      Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s): …
   9.         BODYWORK
   9.1.       Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex I to Regulation
              (EU) 2018/858 or in case of a special purpose vehicle the codes defined in
              point 5 to Part A of that Annex: …
   9.2.       Materials used and methods of construction: …
   9.3.       Occupant doors, latches and hinges
   9.3.1.     Door configuration and number of doors: …
   9.3.1.1.   Dimensions, direction and maximum angle of opening: …
   9.3.2.     Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors: …
   9.3.3.     Technical description of latches and hinges: …
   9.3.4.     Details, including dimensions, of entrances, steps and necessary handles where
              applicable: …
   9.3.5.     Electrical/electronic components of the door system: …
   9.3.5.1.   Brief description of any electrical/electronic components: …
   9.3.5.2.   Description of electrical/electronic functionality in the door system: …
   9.3.5.2.1. Rolling door locks fitted: yes/no/optional4
   9.4.       Field of vision
   9.4.1.     Particulars of the primary reference marks in sufficient detail to enable them to
              be readily identified and the position of each in relation to the others and to the
              R-point to be verified: …
   9.4.2.     Drawing(s) or photograph(s) showing the location of component parts within
              the 180o forward field of vision: …
   9.5.       Windscreen and other windows
   9.5.1.     Windscreen
   9.5.1.1.   Materials used: …
   9.5.1.2.   Method of mounting: …
   9.5.1.3.   Angle of inclination: …
   9.5.1.4.   Number(s) of the type-approval certificate(s): …
EN                                             46                                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.5.1.5.   Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted together with
              a brief description of any electrical/electronic components involved: …
   9.5.2.     Other windows
   9.5.2.1.   Materials used: …
   9.5.2.2.   Number(s) of the type-approval certificate(s): …
   9.5.2.3.   A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the
              window lifting mechanism: …
   9.5.2.3.1. Description of the auto-reversing system: …
   9.5.3.     Opening roof glazing
   9.5.3.1.   Materials used: …
   9.5.3.2.   Number(s) of the type-approval certificate (s): …
   9.5.3.3.   A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the
              opening roof mechanism: …
   9.5.3.3.1. Description of the auto-reversing system: …
   9.5.4.     Other glass panes
   9.5.4.1.   Materials used: …
   9.5.4.2.   Number(s) of the type-approval certificate (s): …
   9.6.       Windscreen wiper(s)
   9.6.1.     Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …
   9.6.1.1.   Dimensions of the wiper arm and wiper blade: …
   9.7.       Windscreen and headlamp washer
   9.7.1.     Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings) or, if
              approved as separate technical unit, number of the type-approval certificate: …
   9.8.       Defrosting and demisting
   9.8.1.     Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …
   9.8.2.     Maximum electrical consumption: … kW
   9.9.       Devices for indirect vision
   9.9.1.     Rear-view mirrors, stating for each mirror:
   9.9.1.1.   Make: …
   9.9.1.2.   Type-approval mark: …
   9.9.1.3.   Variant: …
   9.9.1.4.   Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the
              mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …
   9.9.1.5.   Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure
              to which it is attached: …
   9.9.1.6.   Optional equipment which may affect the rearward field of vision: …
   9.9.1.7.   A brief description of the electronic components (if any): …
EN                                             47                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.9.2.           Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors: …
   9.9.2.1.         Type and description of the device: …
   9.9.2.1.1.       In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast,
                    luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and
                    white/colour), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor: …
   9.9.2.1.2.       Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including
                    installation instructions; the position for the EU type-approval mark has to be
                    indicated on the drawings.
   9.10.            Interior arrangement
   9.10.1.          Interior protection for occupants
   9.10.1.1.        Layout drawing or photographs showing the position of the attached sections
                    or views: …
   9.10.1.2.        Photograph or drawing showing the reference zone including the exempted
                    area referred to in paragraph 2.3.1 to UN Regulation No 21 of the Economic
                    Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE)81: …
   9.10.1.3.        Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior fittings,
                    showing the parts in the passenger compartment and the materials used (with
                    the exception of interior rear view mirrors), arrangement of controls, roof and
                    opening roof, backrest, seats and the rear part of seats: …
   9.10.2.          Arrangement and identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators
   9.10.2.1.        Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols and controls, tell-
                    tales and indicators: …
   9.10.2.2.        Photographs and/or drawings of the identification of controls, tell-tales and
                    indicators and of the vehicle parts referred to UN Regulation No 121 82 of the
                    Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) where
                    relevant: …
   9.10.3.          Seats
   9.10.3.1.        Number of seating positions83: …
   9.10.3.1.1.      Location and arrangement: …
   9.10.3.2.        Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   9.10.3.3.        Mass: …
   9.10.3.4.        Characteristics: for seats not type-approved as components, description and
                    drawings of
   9.10.3.4.1.      The seats and their anchorages: …
   9.10.3.4.2.      The adjustment system: …
   81
          UN Regulation No 21 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to their interior fittings (OJ L 188,
          16.7.2018, p. 32).
   82
            UN Regulation No 121 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
            Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the location and identification of
            hand controls, tell-tales and indicators [2016/18] (OJ L 5, 8.1.2016, p. 9).
   83
          The number of seating positions to be mentioned shall be the one when the vehicle is in motion. A range
          can be specified in case of modular arrangement.
EN                                                          48                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.10.3.4.3.      The displacement and locking systems: …
   9.10.3.4.4.      The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …
   9.10.3.4.5.      The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …
   9.10.3.5.        Coordinates or drawing of the R-point84
   9.10.3.5.1.      Driver's seat: …
   9.10.3.5.2.      All other seating positions: …
   9.10.3.6.        Design torso angle
   9.10.3.6.1.      Driver's seat: …
   9.10.3.6.2.      All other seating positions: …
   9.10.3.7.        Range of seat adjustment
   9.10.3.7.1.      Driver's seat: …
   9.10.3.7.2.      All other seating positions: …
   9.10.3.8.        Detailed description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the seat
                    adjustment system: …
   9.10.3.9.        Description of the luggage compartment space if the seat back(s) constitute the
                    forward boundary of this space: …
   9.10.3.10.       Vehicle equipped with a partitioning system: yes/no/optional4
   9.10.3.10.1.     Detailed description of the partitioning system including the mounting to the
                    vehicle structure: …
   9.10.4.          Head restraints
   9.10.4.1.        Type(s) of head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate4
   9.10.4.2.        Number(s) of the type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.4.3.        For head restraints not yet approved
   9.10.4.3.1.      A detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the nature
                    of the padding material or materials and, where applicable, the position and
                    specifications of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which
                    approval is sought: …
   9.10.4.3.2.      In the case of a ‘separate’ head restraint
   9.10.4.3.2.1. A detailed description of the structural zone to which the head restraint is
                    intended to be fixed: …
   9.10.4.3.2.2. Dimensional drawings of the characteristic parts of the structure and the head
                    restraint: …
   9.10.4.4.        Detailed description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the head
                    restraint adjustment system: …
   84
         ‘R-point’ or ‘seating reference point’ means a design point defined by the vehicle manufacturer for each
         seating position and established with respect to the three-dimensional reference system as specified in
         Annex III to UN Regulation No 17 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations
         (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the seats, their
         anchorages and any head restraints (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 81).
EN                                                       49                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.10.5.     Heating systems for the passenger compartment
   9.10.5.1.   A brief description of the vehicle type with regard to the heating system if the
               heating system uses the heat of the engine cooling fluid: …
   9.10.5.2.   A detailed description of the vehicle type with regard to the heating if the
               cooling air or the exhaust gases of the engine are used as heat source,
               including:
   9.10.5.2.1. Layout drawing of the heating system showing its position in the vehicle: …
   9.10.5.2.2. Layout drawing of the heat exchanger for heating systems using the exhaust
               gases for heating, or of the parts where the heat exchange takes place (for
               heating systems using the engine cooling air for heating): …
   9.10.5.2.3. Sectional drawing of the heat exchanger or the parts respectively where the
               heat exchange takes place indicating the thickness of the wall, used materials
               and characteristics of the surface: …
   9.10.5.2.4. Specifications shall be given for further important components of the heating
               system such as, for example, the heater fan, with regard to their method of
               construction and technical data: …
   9.10.5.3.   A brief description of the vehicle type with regard to the combustion heating
               system and the automatic control: …
   9.10.5.3.1. Layout drawing of the combustion heater, the air inlet system, the exhaust
               system, the fuel tank, the fuel supply system (including the valves) and the
               electrical connections showing their positions in the vehicle.
   9.10.5.4.   Maximum electrical consumption: …… kW
   9.10.6.     Components with regard to the protection of the occupants of the front seats in
               the event of a frontal/lateral/rear collision.
   9.10.6.1.   A detailed description, including photograph(s) and/or drawing(s), of the
               vehicle type with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the lines and the
               constituent materials of that part of the vehicle forward of the steering control,
               including those components designed to contribute to the absorption of energy
               in the event of an impact against the steering control: …
   9.10.6.2.   Photograph(s) and/or drawing(s) of vehicle components other than those
               described in 9.10.6.1 as identified by the manufacturer in agreement with the
               technical service, as contributing to the behaviour of the steering mechanism in
               case of impact: …
   9.10.6.3.   Other components located in the energy absorption zone of the vehicle:
   9.10.6.3.1. Description of liquid fuel supply system: …
   9.10.6.3.2. Description of high voltage BUS and high voltage components located in the
               energy absorption zone of the vehicle: …
   9.10.6.3.3. Description of hydrogen system/components located in the energy absorption
               zone of the vehicle: …
   9.10.7.     Burning behaviour of materials used in the interior construction of certain
               categories of motor vehicles
   9.10.7.1.   Material(s) used for the interior lining of the roof
EN                                               50                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.10.7.1.1.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.1.2.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.1.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/……
   9.10.7.1.2.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.1.2.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.1.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm
   9.10.7.2.     Material(s) used for the rear and side walls
   9.10.7.2.1.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.2.2.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.2.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/……
   9.10.7.2.2.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.2.2.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.2.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm
   9.10.7.3.     Material(s) used for the floor
   9.10.7.3.1.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.3.2.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.3.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/……
   9.10.7.3.2.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.3.2.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.3.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm
   9.10.7.4.     Material(s) used for the upholstery of the seats
   9.10.7.4.1.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.4.2.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.4.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/……
   9.10.7.4.2.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.4.2.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.4.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm
   9.10.7.5.     Material(s) used for the heating and ventilation pipes
   9.10.7.5.1.   Numbers of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.5.2.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.5.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/.…..
   9.10.7.5.2.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.5.2.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.5.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/……. Mm
   9.10.7.6.     Material(s) used for luggage racks
EN                                               51                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.10.7.6.1.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.6.2.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.6.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/……
   9.10.7.6.2.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.6.2.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.6.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm
   9.10.7.7.     Material(s) used for other purposes
   9.10.7.7.1.   Intended purposes: …
   9.10.7.7.2.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   9.10.7.7.3.   For materials not approved
   9.10.7.7.3.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/……
   9.10.7.7.3.2. Composite/single4 material, number of layers4: …
   9.10.7.7.3.3. Type of coating4: …
   9.10.7.7.3.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: …./…. Mm
   9.10.7.8.     Components approved as complete devices (seats, separation walls, luggage
                 racks, etc.)
   9.10.7.8.1.   Number(s) of the component type-approval certificate (s): …
   9.10.7.8.2.   For the complete device: seat, separation wall, luggage racks, etc.4
   9.10.8.       Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system: …
   9.10.8.1.     The air-conditioning system is designed to contain fluorinated greenhouse
                 gases with global warming potential higher than 150: yes/no4
   9.10.8.2.     If yes, fill in the following points
   9.10.8.2.1.   Drawing and brief description of the air-conditioning system, including the
                 reference or part number and material of the leak components;
   9.10.8.2.2.   Leakage of the air-conditioning system
   9.10.8.2.4.   Reference or part number and material of the components of the system and
                 information about the test (e.g. test report number, number of the approval
                 certificate, etc.): …
   9.10.8.3.     Overall leakage in g/year of the entire system: …
   9.11.         External projections
   9.11.1.       Photographs of the front, rear and side parts of the vehicle at an angle of 30° to
                 45° to the vertical longitudinal median plane of the vehicle:
   9.11.2.       Drawings of the ‘external surface’ to demonstrate compliance with the
                 requirements: …
EN                                                 52                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.11.3.               Drawings of parts of the external surface in accordance with paragraph 6.9.1 to
                         UN Regulation No 26 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United
                         Nations (UNECE)85: …
   9.11.4.               Drawing of bumpers: …
   9.11.5.               Drawing of the floor line: …
   9.12.                 Safety belts and/or other restraint systems
   9.12.1.               Number and position of safety belts and restraint systems and seats on which
                         they can be used
                                                                        (L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre)
                                   Complete EU type-approval        Variant, if          Belt adjustment device for height
                                              mark                  applicable               (indicate yes/no/optional)
   First row of seats      L
                           C
                           R
   Second     row    of    L
   seats86
                           C
                           R
   9.12.2.               Nature and position            of     supplementary        restraint      systems         (indicate
                         yes/no/optional)
                                                                      (L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre)
                                                     Front airbag       Side airbag        Other airbag systems (i.e. knee
                                                                                                     airbag, etc.)
      First row of seats            L
                                    C
                                    R
      Second row of seats86         L
                                    C
                                    R
   85
            UN Regulation No 26 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
            Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to their external projections (OJ L
            215, 14.8.2010, p. 27).
   86
            The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats or if there are more
            than three seats across the width of the vehicle.
EN                                                             53                                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.12.3.             Number and position of safety belt anchorages and proof of compliance with
                       UN Regulation No 1487, (i.e. number of the type-approval certificate or test
                       report): …
   9.12.4.             A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
   9.12.5.             Description of the seat belt reminder system: …
   9.13.               Safety belt anchorages
   9.13.1.             Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the position and
                       dimensions of the actual and the effective anchorages including the R-points:
                       …
   9.13.2.             Drawings of the belt anchorages and parts of the vehicle structure where they
                       are attached (with the material indication): …
   9.13.3.             Designation of the types88 of safety belt authorised for fitting to the anchorages
                       with which the vehicle is equipped
                                                                                            Anchorage location
                                                                                   Vehicle structure       Seat structure
   First row of seats
   Right-hand seat          Lower anchorages           outboard inboard
                            Upper anchorages
   Centre seat              Lower anchorages           right left
                            Upper anchorages
   Left-hand seat           Lower anchorages           outboard inboard
                            Upper anchorages
   Second row of seats86
   Right-hand seat          Lower anchorages           outboard inboard
                            Upper anchorages
   Centre seat              Lower anchorages           right left
                            Upper anchorages
   87
           UN Regulation No 14 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
           Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to safety-belt anchorages, ISOFIX
           anchorages systems, ISOFIX top tether anchorages and i-Size seating positions [2015/1406] (OJ L 218,
           19.8.2015, p. 27).
   88
             For symbols and marks to be used, see paragraph 5.3.4 to UN Regulation No 16 of the Economic
             Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the
             approval of: I. Safety-belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and ISOFIX child restraint systems
             for occupants of power-driven vehicles; II. Vehicles equipped with safety-belts, safety-belt reminders,
             restraint systems, child restraint systems, ISOFIX child restraint systems and i-Size child restraint
             systems [2018/629] (OJ L 109, 27.4.2018, p. 1) In the case of ‘S’ type belts, specify the nature of the
             type(s).
EN                                                               54                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    Left-hand seat         Lower anchorages         outboard inboard
                          Upper anchorages
   9.13.4.           Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located in
                     the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: …
   9.14.             Space for mounting rear registration plates (give range where
                     appropriate, drawings may be used where applicable)
   9.14.1.           Height above road surface, upper edge: …
   9.14.2.           Height above road surface, lower edge: …
   9.14.3.           Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle:
                     …
   9.14.4.           Distance from the left vehicle edge: …
   9.14.5.           Dimensions (length × width): …
   9.14.6.           Inclination of the plane to the vertical: …
   9.14.7.           Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane: …
   9.15.             Rear under-run protection
   9.15.0.           Presence: yes/no/incomplete4
   9.15.1.           Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the rear under-run protection, i.e.
                     drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the widest
                     rear axle, drawing of the mounting and/or fitting of the rear under-run
                     protection. If the under-run protection is not a special device, the drawing shall
                     clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
   9.15.2.           In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear under-
                     run protection (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as separate
                     technical unit, number of the type-approval certificate: …
   9.16.             Wheel guards
   9.16.1.           Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its wheel guards: …
   9.16.2.           Detailed drawings of the wheel guards and their position on the vehicle
                     showing the dimensions specified in Figure 1 of Annex II to Commission
                     Regulation (EU) 1009/201089 and taking account of the extremes of tyre/wheel
                     combinations: …
   9.17.             Statutory plates
   9.17.1.           Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and
                     inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: …
   89
          Commission Regulation (EU) No 1009/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements
          for wheel guards of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the
          European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of
          motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ
          L 292, 10.11.2010, p. 21).
EN                                                         55                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.17.2.           Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions (completed
                     example with dimensions): …
   9.17.3.           Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number (completed
                     example with dimensions): …
   9.17.4.           Manufacturer's declaration of compliance with Part B of Annex I to
                     Commission Regulation (EU) No 19/201190
   9.17.4.1.         The meaning of characters in the vehicle descriptor section (VDS) of point 2.1.
                     of Part B of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 and, if applicable, the
                     vehicle indicator section (VIS) thereof, to comply with the requirements of
                     section 5.3 of ISO Standard 3779:2009 shall be explained: …
   9.17.4.2.         If characters in the vehicle descriptor second section are used to comply with
                     the requirements of section 5.4 of ISO Standard 3779:2009 (i.e. model year)
                     these characters shall be indicated: …
   9.18.             Radio interference/electromagnetic compatibility
   9.18.1.           Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials
                     of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and the part of the
                     passenger compartment nearest to it: …
   9.18.2.           Drawings or photographs of the position of metal components housed in the
                     engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering
                     mechanism, etc.): …
   9.18.3.           Table and drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …
   9.18.4.           Particulars of the nominal value of the direct current resistance, and, in the case
                     of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …
   9.19.             Lateral protection
   9.19.0.           Presence: yes/no/incomplete4
   9.19.1.           Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the lateral protection, i.e. drawing of
                     the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the axle(s), drawing
                     of the mountings and/or the fittings of lateral protection device(s). If the lateral
                     protection is achieved without lateral protection device(s) the drawing shall
                     clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
   9.19.2.           In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or drawing of
                     such device(s) (including mountings and fittings) or its/their number(s) of the
                     component type-approval certificate(s): …
   9.20.             Spray-suppression system
   9.20.0.           Presence: yes/no/incomplete4
   9.20.1.           Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its spray-suppression system and
                     the constituent components: …
   90
         Commission Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 of 11 January 2011 concerning type-approval requirements for
         the manufacturer’s statutory plate and for the vehicle identification number of motor vehicles and their
         trailers and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council
         concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems,
         components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L 8, 12.1.2011, p. 1).
EN                                                       56                                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.20.2.          Detailed drawings of the spray-suppression system and its position on the
                    vehicle showing the dimensions specified in the figures in Annex VI to
                    Commission Regulation (EU) No 109/201191 and taking account of the
                    extremes of tyre/wheel combinations: …
   9.20.3.          Number(s) of the type-approval certificate(s) of spray-suppression device(s), if
                    available: …
   9.21.            Side-impact resistance
   9.21.1.          A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the vehicle
                    with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the lines and the constituent
                    materials of the side walls of the passenger compartment (exterior and
                    interior), including specific details of the protection system, where applicable:
                    …
   9.22.            Front under-run protection
   9.22.0.          Presence: yes/no/incomplete4
   9.22.1.          Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the front under-run protection, i.e.
                    drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting and/or fitting
                    of the front under-run protection. If the under-run protection is no special
                    device, the drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …
   9.22.2.          In the case of special device, full description and/or drawing of the front under-
                    run protection (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as a separate
                    technical unit, number of the type-approval certificate: …
   9.23.            Pedestrian protection
   9.23.1.          A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the vehicle
                    with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the relevant reference lines and
                    the constituent materials of the frontal part of the vehicle (interior and
                    exterior), including detail of any active protection system installed.
   9.24.            Frontal protection systems
   9.24.1.          General arrangement (drawings or photographs) indicating the position and
                    attachment of the frontal protection systems:
   9.24.2.          Drawings and/or photographs, where relevant, of air intake grilles, radiator
                    grille, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other external
                    projections and parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical
                    (e.g. lighting equipment). If the parts listed in the first sentence are not critical,
                    for documentation purposes they may be replaced by photographs,
                    accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text:
   9.24.3.          Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque
                    requirements, for fitting:
   9.24.4.          Drawing of bumpers:
   9.24.5.          Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle front end:
   91
         Commission Regulation (EU) No 109/2011 of 27 January 2011 implementing Regulation (EC)
         No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards type-approval requirements for
         certain categories of motor vehicles and their trailers as regards spray suppression systems (OJ L 34,
         9.2.2011, p. 2).
EN                                                      57                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.25.            Aerodynamic device or equipment
   9.25.1.          Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings, as well as a
                    description of the materials) of the vehicle parts relevant to Part C, point 1.4 of
                    Annex I to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012: ...
   9.26.            Aerodynamic device or equipment on the front of the vehicle
   9.26.1.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front: yes/no4
   9.26.2.          Number of the type-approval certificate of the aerodynamic device or
                    equipment, if available: …
                    Or, if not available provide the information below:
   9.26.3.          Detailed description (including photographs or drawings) of the aerodynamic
                    device or equipment (NB: taken over from the addendum to the type-approval
                    certificate)
   9.26.3.1.        Construction and materials: …
   9.26.3.2.        Locking and adjustment system: …
   9.26.3.3.        Attachment and mounting to the vehicle: …
   9.27.            Aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear of the vehicle
   9.27.1.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear: yes/no4
   9.27.2.          Number of the type-approval certificate of the aerodynamic device or
                    equipment, if available: …
                    Or, if not available provide the information below:
   9.27.3.          Detailed description (including photographs or drawings) of the aerodynamic
                    device or equipment (NB: taken over from the addendum to the TA certificate)
   9.27.3.1.        Construction and materials: …
   9.27.3.2.        Locking and adjustment system: …
   9.27.3.3.        Attachment and mounting to the vehicle: …
   10.              LIGHTING AND LIGHT SIGNALLING DEVICES
   10.1.            Table of all devices: number, make, model, type-approval mark, maximum
                    intensity of main-beam headlamps, colour, tell-tale: …
   10.2.            Drawing of the position of lighting and light signalling devices: …
   10.3.            For every lamp and reflector specified in UN Regulation No 4892 of the
                    Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) supply the
                    following information (in writing and/or by diagram)
   10.3.1.          Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …
   10.3.2.          Method used for the definition of the apparent surface in accordance with
                    paragraph 2.10 of UN Regulation No 48: …
   92
         UN Regulation No 48 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the installation of lighting and
         light-signalling devices (OJ L 14, 16.1.2019, p. 42).
EN                                                        58                                                    EN
 ---pagebreak---    10.3.3.        Axis of reference and centre of reference: …
   10.3.4.        Method of operation of concealable lamps: …
   10.3.5.        Any specific mounting and wiring provisions: …
   10.4.          Dipped beam lamps: normal orientation in accordance to paragraph 6.2.6.1 of
                  UN Regulation No 48:
   10.4.1.        Value of initial adjustment: …
   10.4.2.        Location of indication: …
   10.4.3. Description/drawing4 and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. Applicable only for vehicles with
           automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually   headlamp levelling device
           adjustable):
   10.4.4. Control device:
   10.4.5. Reference marks:
   10.4.6. Marks assigned for loading conditions:
   10.5.          A brief description of electrical/electronic components other than lamps (if
                  any): …
   11.            CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS
                  AND SEMI-TRAILERS
   11.1.          Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: …
   11.2.          Characteristics D, U, S and V of the coupling device(s) fitted or minimal
                  characteristics D, U, S and V of the coupling device(s) to be fitted: …… daN
   11.3.          Instructions for attachment of the coupling type to the vehicle and photographs
                  or drawings of the fixing points at the vehicle as stated by the manufacturer;
                  additional information, if the use of the coupling type is restricted to certain
                  variants or versions of the vehicle type: …
   11.4.          Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting plates: …
   11.5.          Number(s) of the type-approval certificate(s): …
   12.            MISCELLANEOUS
   12.1.          Audible warning device(s)
   12.1.1.        Location, method of affixing, placement and orientation of the device(s), with
                  dimensions: …
   12.1.2.        Number of device(s): …
   12.1.3.        Number(s) of the type-approval certificate (s): …
   12.1.4.        Electrical/pneumatic4 circuit diagram: …
   12.1.5.        Rated voltage or pressure: …
   12.1.6.        Drawing of the mounting device: …
EN                                                 59                                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    12.2.         Devices to prevent unauthorised use of the vehicle
   12.2.1.       Protective device
   12.2.1.1.     A detailed description of the vehicle type with regard to the arrangement and
                 design of the control or of the unit on which the protective device acts: …
   12.2.1.2.     Drawings of the protective device and of its mounting on the vehicle: …
   12.2.1.3.     A technical description of the device: …
   12.2.1.4.     Details of the lock combinations used: …
   12.2.1.5.     Vehicle immobiliser
   12.2.1.5.1.   Number of the type-approval certificate, if available: …
   12.2.1.5.2.   For immobilisers not yet approved
   12.2.1.5.2.1. A detailed technical description of the vehicle immobiliser and of the measures
                 taken against inadvertent activation: …
   12.2.1.5.2.2. The system(s) on which the vehicle immobiliser acts: …
   12.2.1.5.2.3. Number of effective interchangeable codes, if applicable: …
   12.2.2.       Alarm system (if any)
   12.2.2.1.     Number of the type-approval certificate, if available: …
   12.2.2.2.     For alarm systems not yet approved
   12.2.2.2.1.   A detailed description of the alarm system and of the vehicle parts related to
                 the alarm system installed: …
   12.2.2.2.2.   A list of the main components comprising the alarm system: …
   12.2.3.       A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …
   12.3.         Towing device(s)
   12.3.1.       Front: Hook/eye/other4
   12.3.2.       Rear: Hook/eye/other/none4
   12.3.3.       Drawing or photograph of the chassis/area of the vehicle body showing the
                 position, construction and mounting of the towing device(s): …
   12.4.         Details of any non-engine related devices designed to influence fuel
                 consumption (if not covered by other items): …
   12.5.         Details of any non-engine related devices designed to reduce noise (if not
                 covered by other items): …
   12.6.         Speed limitation devices
   12.6.1.       Manufacturer(s): …
   12.6.2.       Type(s): …
   12.6.3.       Number(s) of the type-approval certificate (s), if available: …
   12.6.4.       Speed or range of speeds at which the speed limitation may be set: …… km/h
   12.7.         Table of installation and use of RF transmitters in the vehicle(s), if applicable:
                 …
EN                                                60                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---      Frequency bands (Hz)     Maximum output power (W)     Antenna position at vehicle, specific conditions for installation
                                                                                     and/or use
                      The applicant for type-approval shall also supply, where appropriate:
                      Appendix 1
                      A list containing make and type of all electrical and/or electronic components,
                      type approved during this whole vehicle type-approval, concerned by UN
                      Regulation No 1093 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United
                      Nations (UNECE).
                      Appendix 2
                      Schematics or drawing of the general arrangement of electrical and/or
                      electronic components, type approved during this whole vehicle type-approval,
                      concerned by UN Regulation No 10 and the general wiring harness
                      arrangement.
                      Appendix 3
                      Description of vehicle chosen to represent the type
                      Body style:
                      Left- or right-hand drive4
                      Wheelbase:
                      Appendix 4
                      Relevant test report(s) supplied by the manufacturer or approved/recognised
                      laboratories for the purpose of drawing up the type-approval certificate
   12.7.1.            Vehicle equipped with a 24 GHz short-range radar equipment: yes/no4
   12.8.              eCall system
   12.8.1.            Presence: yes/no4
   12.8.2.            Technical description and drawings of the device or type-approval certificate
                      number(s): …
   12.9.              Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS)
   12.9.1.            The number of the approval certificate issued on the basis of requirements laid
                      down in UN Regulation No 13894 of the Economic Commission for Europe of
                      the United Nations (UNECE):
                      or
   93
          UN Regulation No 10 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to electromagnetic compatibility (OJ
          L 41, 17.2.2017, p. 1).
   94
          UN Regulation No 138 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of Quiet Road Transport Vehicles with regard to their
          reduced audibility [2017/71] (OJ L 9, 13.1.2017, p. 33).
EN                                                       61                                                                  EN
 ---pagebreak---    12.9.2.         Complete reference to the test results of AVAS sound emission levels,
                   measured in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 540/201495 of the European
                   Parliament and of the Council.
   12.10.          Devices or systems with driver selectable modes which influence CO2
                   emissions and/or criteria emissions and do not have a predominant mode:
                   yes/no4
   12.10.1.        Charge sustaining test (if applicable) (state for each device or system)
   12.10.1.1.      Best case mode: …
   12.10.1.2.      Worst case mode: …
   12.10.2.        Charge depleting test (if applicable) (state for each device or system)
   12.10.2.1.      Best case mode: …
   12.10.2.2.      Worst case mode: …
   12.10.3.        Type 1 test (if applicable) (state for each device or system)
   12.10.3.1.      Best case mode: …
   12.10.3.2.      Worst case mode: …
   13.             SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR BUSES AND COACHES
   13.1.           Class of vehicle: Class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B4
   13.1.1.         Number of the type-approval certificate of bodywork approved as a separate
                   technical unit: …
   13.1.2.         Chassis types where the type-approved bodywork can be installed
                   (manufacturer(s), and types of incomplete vehicle): …
   13.2.     Area for passengers (m2)
   13.2.1.         Total (S0): …
   13.2.2.         Upper deck (S0a)4: …
   13.2.3.         Lower deck (S0b)4: …
   13.2.4.         For standing passengers (S1): …
   13.3.           Number of passengers (seated and standing)
   13.3.1.         Total (N): …
   13.3.2.         Upper deck (Na)4: …
   13.3.3.         Lower deck (Nb)4: …
   13.4.           Number of passengers seated
   13.4.1.         Total (A): …
   13.4.2.         Upper deck (Aa)4: …
   95
           Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on the
           sound level of motor vehicles and of replacement silencing systems, and amending Directive
           2007/46/EC and repealing Directive 70/157/EEC Text with EEA relevance (OJ L 158, 27.5.2014, p.
           131–195)
EN                                                   62                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    13.4.3.          Lower deck (Ab)4: …
   13.4.4.          Number of wheelchair user accessible positions: …
   13.5.            Number of service doors: …
   13.6.            Number of emergency exits (doors, windows,                                escape hatches,
                    intercommunication staircase and half staircase): …
   13.6.1.          Total: …
   13.6.2.          Upper deck4: …
   13.6.3.          Lower deck4: …
   13.7.            Volume of luggage compartments (m3): …
   13.8.            Area of luggage transportation on the roof (m2): …
   13.9.            Technical devices facilitating the access to vehicles (e.g. ramp, lifting
                    platform, kneeling system), if fitted: …
   13.10.           Strength of superstructure
   13.10.1.         Number of the type-approval certificate, if available: …
   13.10.2.         For superstructures not yet approved
   13.10.2.1.       Detailed description of the superstructure of the vehicle type including its
                    dimensions, configuration and constituent materials and its attachment to any
                    chassis frame: …
   13.10.2.2.       Drawings of the vehicle and those parts of its interior arrangement which have
                    an influence on the strength of the superstructure or on the residual space: …
   13.10.2.3.       Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in running order in the longitudinal,
                    transverse and vertical directions: …
   13.10.2.4.       Maximum distance between the centre lines of the outboard passenger seats:
                    …
   13.11.           Points of UN Regulation No 6696 of the Economic Commission for Europe of
                    the United Nations (UN/ECE) to be accomplished and demonstrated for this
                    technical unit: …
   13.12.           Drawing with dimensions showing the interior arrangement as regards the
                    seating positions, area for standees, wheelchair user(s), luggage compartments
                    including racks and ski-box, if any
   14.              SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR VEHICLES INTENDED FOR THE
                    TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS
   14.1.            Electrical equipment according to UN Regulation No 10597 of the
                    Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE)
   96
         UN Regulation No 66 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the approval of large passenger vehicles with regard to the strength of
         their superstructure (OJ L 84, 30.3.2011, p. 1).
   97
         UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles intended for the carriage of dangerous goods
         with regard to their specific constructional features (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 253).
EN                                                         63                                                  EN
 ---pagebreak---    14.1.1.          Protection against overheating of conductors: …
   14.1.2.          Type of circuit breaker: …
   14.1.3.          Type and operation of battery master switch: …
   14.1.4.          Description and location of safety barrier for tachograph: …
   14.1.5.          Description of permanently energised installations. Indicate the EN standard
                    applied: …
   14.1.6.          Construction and protection of electrical installation situated to the rear of the
                    driver's compartment: …
   14.2.            Prevention of fire risks
   14.2.3.          Position and heat protection of engine: …
   14.2.4.          Position and heat protection of the exhaust system: …
   14.2.5.          Type and design of the endurance braking systems heat protection: …
   14.2.6.          Type, design and position of combustion heaters: …
   15.              REUSABILITY, RECYCLABILITY AND RECOVERABILITY
   15.1.            Version to which the reference vehicle belongs: …
   15.2.            Mass of the reference vehicle with bodywork or mass of the chassis with cab,
                    without bodywork and/or coupling device if the manufacturer does not fit the
                    bodywork and/or coupling device (including liquids, tools, spare wheel, if
                    fitted) without driver: …
   15.3.            Mass of materials of the reference vehicle: …
   15.3.1.          Mass of material taken into account at the pre-treatment step98: …
   15.3.2.          Mass of the material taken into account at the dismantling step98: …
   15.3.3.          Mass of material taken into account at the non-metallic residue treatment step,
                    considered as recyclable98: …
   15.3.4.          Mass of material taken into account at the non-metallic residue treatment step,
                    considered as energy recoverable98: …
   15.3.5.          Materials breakdown98: …
   15.3.6.          Total mass of materials, which are reusable and/or recyclable: …
   15.3.7.          Total mass of materials, which are reusable and/or recoverable: …
   15.4.    Rates
   15.4.1.          Recyclability rate ‘Rcyc’ (%): …
   15.4.2.          Recoverability rate ‘Rcov’ (%): …
   16.              ACCESS          TO      VEHICLE       REPAIR        AND       MAINTENANCE
                    INFORMATION
   98
         These terms are defined in the standard ISO 22628:2002 — Road vehicles — recyclability and
         recoverability — calculation method.
EN                                                  64                                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.1.         Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance
                 information: …
   16.1.1.       Date from which it is available (no later than 6 months from the date of type-
                 approval): …
   16.2.         Terms and conditions of access to website: …
   16.3.         Format of the vehicle repair and maintenance information accessible through
                 website: …
                                              ANNEX II
    TEMPLATE FOR AN INFORMATION DOCUMENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF EU
                  WHOLE-VEHICLE STEP-BY-STEP TYPE-APPROVAL
   The information documents referred to in Regulation (EU) 2018/858 in respect of a whole-
   vehicle EU type-approval shall consist only of extracts from, and adhere to the item
   numbering system of the following list.
   Make sure that drawings or pictures show sufficient details distinctly and visibly if printed on
   size A4.
   For explanatory notes, please refer to last page of Annex I.
                                                PART I
                                    A.       Categories M and N
   0.            GENERAL
   0.1.          Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.          Type: …
   0.2.1.        Commercial name(s) (if available): …
   0.2.2.        For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the
                 base/previous stage vehicle (list the information for each stage). This can be
                 done with a matrix):
                 Type: …
                 Variant(s): …
                 Version(s): …
                 Number of the type-approval certificate, including extension number: …
   0.2.2.1.      Allowed Parameter Values for multistage type approval to use the base vehicle
                 emission values (insert range if applicable)1:
EN                                                65                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---               Final Vehicle mass (in kg): …
              Frontal area for final vehicle (in cm2): …
              Rolling resistance (kg/t): …
              Cross-sectional area of air entrance of the front grille (in cm2): …
   0.2.3.     Identifiers1:
   0.2.3.1.   Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.   ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.   PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.   Roadload family's identifier
   0.2.3.4.1. Roadload family of VH: …
   0.2.3.4.2. Roadload family of VL: …
   0.2.3.4.3. Roadload families applicable in the interpolation family: …
   0.2.3.5.   Roadload Matrix family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.6.   Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.   Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.8.   OBD family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.9.   Other family's identifier: …
   0.3.       Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle2: …
   0.3.1.     Location of that marking: …
   0.4.       Category of vehicle3: …
   0.4.1.     Classification(s) according to the dangerous goods which the vehicle is
              intended to transport: …
   0.5.       Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.5.1.     For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the
              manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle: …
   0.8.       Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
   0.9.       Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
   1.         GENERAL         CONSTRUCTION             CHARACTERISTICS             OF THE
              VEHICLE
   1.1.       Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: …
   1.3.       Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.3.1.     Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   1.3.2.     Number and position of steered axles: …
   1.3.3.     Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   1.4.       Chassis (if any) (overall drawing – shortest and longest wheelbase): …
EN                                             66                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    1.6.       Position and arrangement of the engine: …
   1.8.       Hand of drive: left/right4
   1.8.1.     Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left4 hand traffic
   1.9.       Specify if the towing vehicle is intended to tow semi-trailers or other trailers
              and, if the trailer is a semi-, drawbar-, centre-axle- or rigid drawbar trailer: …
   1.10.      Specify if the vehicle is specially designed for the controlled-temperature
              carriage of goods: …
   1.11.      Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   2.         MASSES AND DIMENSIONS9 10 11
              (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable)
   2.1.       Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded)12:
   2.1.1.     Two-axle vehicles: …
   2.1.2.     Vehicles with three or more axles
   2.1.2.1.   Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the foremost to the
              rearmost axle: …
   2.1.2.2.   Total axle spacing13: …
   2.3.1.     Track of each steered axle17: …
   2.3.2.     Track of all other axles17: …
   2.4.       Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)
   2.4.1.     For chassis without bodywork
   2.4.1.1.   Length18: …
   2.4.1.1.1. Maximum permissible length: …
   2.4.1.1.2. Minimum permissible length: …
   2.4.1.2.   Width20: …
   2.4.1.2.1. Maximum permissible width: …
   2.4.1.2.2. Minimum permissible width: …
   2.4.1.3.   Height (in running order)21 (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate
              normal running position): …
   2.4.1.3.1. Maximum permissible height22: …
   2.4.2.     For chassis with bodywork
   2.4.2.1.   Length18: …
   2.4.2.1.1. Length of the loading area: …
   2.4.2.1.3. Elongated cab complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   2.4.2.2.   Width20: …
   2.4.2.2.1. Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled-
              temperature transport of goods): …
EN                                               67                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.4.2.3. Height (in running order)21 (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate
            normal running position): …
   2.5.     Minimum mass on the steering axle(s) for incomplete vehicles: …
   2.6.     Mass in running order30
            (a)     minimum and maximum for each variant: …
            (b)     mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …
   2.6.1.   Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer a
            rigid drawbar trailer or a centre-axle trailer, the mass on the coupling:
            (a)     minimum and maximum for each variant: …
            (b)     mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …
   2.6.2.   Mass of the optional equipment (as defined in point (5) of Article 2 of
            Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012: …
   2.6.4.   Additional mass for alternative propulsion: …kg
   2.6.5.   List of equipment to for alternative propulsion (and indication of the mass of
            the parts):
   2.7.     Minimum mass of the completed vehicle as stated by the manufacturer, in the
            case of an incomplete vehicle: …
   2.8.     Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer32 33:
            …
   2.8.1.   Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
            centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point33: …
   2.9.     Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle: …
   2.10.    Technically permissible mass on each group of axles: …
   2.11.    Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the towing vehicle
            in case of:
   2.11.1.  Drawbar trailer: …
   2.11.2.  Semi-trailer: …
   2.11.3.  Centre-axle trailer: …
   2.11.4.  Rigid drawbar trailer: …
   2.11.5.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination33: …
   2.11.6.  Maximum mass of unbraked trailer: …
   2.12.    Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point:
   2.12.1.  of a towing vehicle: …
   2.12.2.  of a semi-trailer, a centre-axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer: …
   2.16.    Registration/in service maximum permissible masses, vehicle categories
            M2, M3, N2, N3, O3 and O4 (optional)
   2.16.1.  Registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: …
EN                                           68                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.16.2.           Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the
                     case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, intended load on the coupling point
                     stated by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible maximum
                     mass on the coupling point: …
   2.16.3.           Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each group of axles: …
   2.16.4.           Registration/in service maximum permissible towable mass: …
   2.16.5.           Registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: …
   2.17.             Vehicle submitted to multi-stage type-approval (only in the case of
                     incomplete or completed vehicles of category N1 within the scope of
                     Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the
                     Council99: yes/no4
   2.17.1.           Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg.
   2.17.2.           Default added mass, calculated in accordance with Section 5 of Annex XII to
                     Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008100: … kg.
   3.                PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER38
   3.1.              Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): …
   3.1.1.            Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other
                     means of identification): …
   3.1.2.            Number of the approval certificate (where appropriate), including fuel
                     identification marking: …
                     (heavy-duty vehicles only)
   3.2.              Internal combustion engine
   3.2.1.1.          Working principle: positive ignition/compression ignition/dual- fuel4
                     Cycle: four stroke/two stroke/rotary4
   3.2.1.1.1.        Type of dual-fuel engine: Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4 42
   3.2.1.1.2.        Gas Energy Ratio over the hot part of the WHTC test-cycle: … %
   3.2.1.2.          Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   3.2.1.3.          Engine capacity40: …… cm3
   3.2.1.6.          Normal engine idling speed41: …… min-1
   3.2.1.6.2.        Idle on diesel: yes/no4 42
   3.2.1.8.          Maximum net power43: … kW at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value)
   3.2.1.11.         (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the Documentation package
                     required by Articles 5, 7 and 9 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011
                     enabling the approval authority to evaluate the emission control strategies and
   99
          Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type
          approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro
          5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (OJ L 171, 29.6.2007, p. 1).
   100
          Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 of 18 July 2008 implementing and amending Regulation (EC)
          No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with
          respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to
          vehicle repair and maintenance information (OJ L 199, 28.7.2008, p. 1).
EN                                                        69                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---               the systems on-board the engine to ensure the correct operation of NOx control
              measures
   3.2.2.1.   Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG or Biomethane/Ethanol (E 85)/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
              4 45
   3.2.2.2.   Heavy duty vehicles             Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG-H/NG-L/NG-HL/Ethanol
              (ED95)/Ethanol (E85)/LNG/LNG20 4 45
   3.2.2.2.1. (Euro VI only) Fuels compatible with use by the engine declared by the
              manufacturer in accordance with point 1.1.2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No
              582/2011 (as applicable)
   3.2.2.4.   Vehicle fuel type: Mono fuel, Bi fuel, Flex fuel, Dual fuel Type 1A/Type
              1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   3.2.2.5.   Maximum amount of biofuel acceptable in fuel (manufacturer's declared
              value): …… % by volume
   3.2.3.     Fuel tank(s)
   3.2.3.1.   Service fuel tank(s)
   3.2.3.1.1. Number and capacity of each tank: …
   3.2.3.2.   Reserve fuel tank(s)
   3.2.3.2.1. Number and capacity of each tank: …
   3.2.4.     Fuel feed
   3.2.4.1.   By carburettor(s): yes/no4
   3.2.4.2.   By fuel injection (compression ignition or dual-fuel only): yes/no4
   3.2.4.2.2. Working principle: direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber4
   3.2.4.3.   By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no4
   3.2.7.     Cooling system: liquid/air4
   3.2.8.     Intake system
   3.2.8.1.   Pressure charger: yes/no4
   3.2.8.2.   Intercooler: yes/no4
   3.2.8.3.3. (Euro VI only) Actual Intake system depression at rated engine speed and at
              100% load on the vehicle: kPa
   3.2.9.     Exhaust system
   3.2.9.2.1. (Euro VI only) Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust
              system that are not part of the engine system
   3.2.9.3.1. (Euro VI only) Actual exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100%
              load on the vehicle (compression-ignition engines only): … kPa
   3.2.9.4.   Type, marking of exhaust silencer(s): …
              Where relevant for exterior noise, reducing measures in the engine
              compartment and on the engine: …
   3.2.9.5.   Location of the exhaust outlet: …
EN                                             70                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.9.7.1.      (Euro VI only) Acceptable Exhaust system volume: … dm3
   3.2.12.         Measures taken against air pollution
   3.2.12.1.1.     (Euro VI only) Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no41
                   If yes, description and drawings:
                   If no, compliance with Annex V to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 required
   3.2.12.2.       Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading)
   3.2.12.2.1.     Catalytic converter
   3.2.12.2.2.1. Oxygen sensor: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.3.     Air injection: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.4.     Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR): yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.5.     Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only):
                   yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.6.     Particulate trap (PT): yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.6.9. Other systems: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.6.9.1. Description and operation
   3.2.12.2.7.     On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.7.0.1. (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family
   3.2.12.2.7.0.2. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable)
   3.2.12.2.7.0.3. (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the
                   engine member belongs to:
   3.2.12.2.7.0.4. (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the OBD-Documentation required
                   by Article 5(4)(c) and Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 and
                   specified in Annex X to that Regulation for the purpose of approving the OBD
                   system
   3.2.12.2.7.0.5. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the
                   documentation for installing in a vehicle an OBD equipped engine system
   3.2.12.2.7.0.6. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the
                   documentation package related to the installation on the vehicle of the OBD
                   system of an approved engine
   3.2.12.2.7.0.7. Written description and/or drawing of the MI46: …
   3.2.12.2.7.0.8. Written description and/or drawing of the OBD off-board communication
                   interface46
   3.2.12.2.7.6.5. (Euro VI only) OBD Communication protocol standard47:
   3.2.12.2.7.7. (Euro VI only) Manufacturer reference of the OBD related information
                   required by of Article 5(4)(d) and Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No
                   582/2011 for the purpose of complying with the provisions on access to
                   vehicle OBD and vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information, or
   3.2.12.2.7.7.1. As an alternative to a manufacturer reference provided in point 3.2.12.2.7.7.,
                   reference of the attachment to the information document set out in Appendix 4
EN                                                 71                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---                    of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 contains a table according to the
                   given following example:
                   Component — Fault code — Monitoring strategy — Fault detection criteria —
                   MI activation criteria — Secondary parameters — Preconditioning —
                   Demonstration test
                   Catalyst — P0420 — Oxygen sensor 1 and 2 signals — Difference between
                   sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals — 3rd cycle — Engine speed, engine load, A/F
                   mode, catalyst temperature — Two Type 1 cycles — Type 1
   3.2.12.2.7.8. (EURO VI only) OBD components on-board the vehicle
   3.2.12.2.7.8.1. List of OBD components on-board the vehicle
   3.2.12.2.7.8.2. Written description and/or drawing of the MI48
   3.2.12.2.7.8.3. Written description and/or drawing of the OBD off-board communication
                   interface48
   3.2.12.2.8.     Other system
   3.2.12.2.8.1. (Euro VI only) Systems to ensure the correct operation of NOx control
                   measures
   3.2.12.2.8.2. Driver inducement system
   3.2.12.2.8.2.1. (Euro VI only) Engine with permanent deactivation of the driver inducement,
                   for use by the rescue services or in vehicles specified in point (d) of Article
                   2(2) to Regulation (EU) No 2018/858: yes/no4
   3.2.12.2.8.2.2. Activation of the creep mode            ‘disable after  restart’/‘disable after
                   fuelling’/‘disable after parking’11
   3.2.12.2.8.3. (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family
                   considered when ensuring the correct operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.4. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable)
   3.2.12.2.8.5. (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the
                   engine member belongs to
   3.2.12.2.8.6. (Euro VI only) Lowest concentration of the active ingredient present in the
                   reagent that does not activate the warning system (CDmin): (% vol.)
   3.2.12.2.8.7. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the
                   Documentation for installing in a vehicle the systems to ensure the correct
                   operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.8. (Euro VI only) Components on-board the vehicle of the systems ensuring the
                   correct operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.8.1. List of components on-board the vehicle of the systems ensuring the
                   correct operation of NOx control measures
   3.2.12.2.8.8.2. When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package
                   related to the installation on the vehicle of the system ensuring the correct
                   operation of NOx control measures of an approved engine
   3.2.12.2.8.8.3. Written description and/or drawing of the warning signal48
   3.2.12.2.9.     Torque limiter: yes/no4
EN                                                 72                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.2.12.2.10.    Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each
                   separate unit)
   3.2.12.2.10.1. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: ….
   3.2.12.2.11.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed: …
   3.2.13.1.       Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition engines
                   only): …
   3.2.15.         LPG fuelling system: yes/no4
   3.2.16.         NG fuelling system: yes/no4
   3.2.17.8.1.0.1. (Euro VI only) Self adaptive feature? yes/no4
   3.2.17.8.1.0.2. (Euro VI only) Calibration for a specific gas composition NG-H/NG-L/NG-
                   HL/LNG4
                   Transformation for a specific gas composition NG-Ht/NG-Lt/NG-HLt4
   3.3.            Electric machine (describe information of each type of electric machine
                   separately)
   3.3.1.          Type (winding, excitation): …
   3.3.1.1.1.      Maximum net power43 … kW
                   (manufacturer’s declared value)
   3.3.1.1.2.      Maximum 30 minutes power43 … kW
                   (manufacturer’s declared value)
   3.3.1.2.        Operating voltage: …… V
   3.3.2.          REESS
   3.3.2.4.        Position: …
   3.4.            Combinations of propulsion energy converters
   3.4.1.          Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no4
   3.4.2.          Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off-vehicle charging/not off-vehicle
                   charging:4
   3.4.3.1.1.      Pure electric: yes/no4
   3.5.9.          CO2 emissions and fuel consumption certification (for heavy-duty vehicles, as
                   specified in Article 6 of Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/2400)
   3.5.9.1.        Simulation tool licence number: …
   3.5.9.2.        Zero emission heavy-duty vehicle: yes/no4 72 169
   3.5.9.3.        Vocational vehicle: yes/no4 72 170
   3.5.10.         Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)
                   Complete RDE trip: NOx: ..., Particles (number): ...
                   Urban RDE trip: NOx: ..., Particles (number): ...
   3.6.5.          Lubricant temperature
                   Minimum: …… K
EN                                                 73                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---                    Maximum: …… K
   4.              TRANSMISSION76
   4.2.            Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.): …
   4.5.            Gearbox
   4.5.1           Type: Manual/Automatic/CVT(continuously variable transmission)/Fixed
                   ratio/Automised/Other/Wheel hub4
   4.6.            Gear ratios
           Gear          Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox Total gear
                           to gearbox output shaft revolutions)        output shaft to driven wheel         ratios
                                                                                revolutions)
   Maximum for CVT
   1
   2
   3
   …
   Minimum for CVT
   Reverse
   4.7.            Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h)77: …
   4.9.            Tachograph: yes/no4
   4.9.1.          Approval mark: …
   4.11.           Gear shift indicator (GSI)
   4.11.1.         Acoustic indication available yes/no4
                   If yes, description of sound and sound level at the driver’s ear in dB(A).
                   (Acoustic indication always switchable on/off)
   4.11.2.         Information according to point 4.6 of Annex I to Commission Regulation (EU)
                   No 65/2012 (manufacturer’s declared value)
   5.              AXLES
   5.1.            Description of each axle: …
   5.2.            Make: …
   5.3.            Type: …
   5.4.            Position of retractable axle(s): …
   5.5.            Position of loadable axle(s): …
EN                                                           74                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    6.                SUSPENSION
   6.2.              Type and design of the suspension of each axle or group of axles or wheel: …
   6.2.1.            Level adjustment: yes/no/optional4
   6.2.3.            Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no4
   6.2.3.1.          Suspension of driving axle equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no4
   6.2.4.            Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no4
   6.2.4.1.          Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no4
   6.6.1.            Tyre/wheel combination(s)
   6.6.1.1.          Axles
   6.6.1.1.1.        Axle 1: …
   6.6.1.1.1.1.       6.6.1.1.1.2.      6.6.1.1.1.3.        6.6.1.1.1.4.      6.6.1.1.1.5.     6.6.1.1.1.6.
   Tyre         size  Load-capacity     Speed     category  Wheel rim size(s) Wheel off-set(s) Rolling resistance
   designation        index             symbol80                                               coefficient (RRC)
   6.6.1.1.2.        Axle 2: …
   6.6.1.1.2.1.       6.6.1.1.2.2.      6.6.1.1.2.3.        6.6.1.1.2.4.      6.6.1.1.2.5.     6.6.1.1.2.6.
   Tyre         size  Load-capacity     Speed     category  Wheel rim size(s) Wheel off-set(s) Rolling resistance
   designation        index             symbol80                                               coefficient (RRC)
                     etc.
   6.6.1.2.          Spare wheel, if any: …
   6.6.2.            Upper and lower limits of rolling radii
   6.6.2.1.          Axle 1: …
   6.6.2.2.          Axle 2: …
                     etc.
   7.                STEERING
   7.2.              Transmission and control
   7.2.1.            Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
   7.2.2.            Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front
                     and rear, if applicable): …
   7.2.3.            Method of assistance, if any: …
   8.                BRAKES
EN                                                        75                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    8.5.                  Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional4
   8.9.                  Brief description of the braking system according to paragraph 12 of Annex 2
                         to UN Regulation No 13: …
   8.11.                 Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s): …
   9.                    BODYWORK
   9.1.                  Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex I to Regulation
                         (EU) 2018/858 or in case of a special purpose vehicle the codes defined in
                         point 5 to Part A of that Annex: …
   9.3.                  Occupant doors, latches and hinges
   9.3.1.                Door configuration and number of doors: …
   9.9.                  Devices for indirect vision
   9.9.1.                Rear-view mirrors, stating, for each rear-view mirror:
   9.9.1.1.              Make: …
   9.9.1.2.              Type-approval mark: …
   9.9.1.3.              Variant: …
   9.9.1.6.              Optional equipment which may affect the rearward field of vision: …
   9.9.2.                Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors: …
   9.9.2.1.              Type and description of the device: …
   9.10.                 Interior arrangement
   9.10.3.               Seats
   9.10.3.1.             Number of seating positions83: …
   9.10.3.1.1.           Location and arrangement: …
   9.10.3.2.             Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   9.10.8.               Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system: …
   9.10.8.1.             The air-conditioning system is designed to contain fluorinated greenhouse
                         gases with a global warming potential higher than 150: yes/no4
   9.12.2.               Nature and position         of     supplementary       restraint      systems        (indicate
                         yes/no/optional):
                                                                  (L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre)
                                                  Front airbag      Side airbag           Belt pre-loading device
      First row of seats            L
                                    C
                                    R
      Second row of seats86         L
                                    C
EN                                                          76                                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---                         R
   9.17.     Statutory plates
   9.17.1.   Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and
             inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: …
   9.17.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions (completed
             example with dimensions): …
   9.17.3.   Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number (completed
             example with dimensions): …
   9.17.4.1. The meaning of characters in the vehicle descriptor section (VDS) of point 2.1.
             of Part B of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 and, if applicable, the
             vehicle indicator section thereof, to comply with the requirements of section
             5.3 of ISO Standard 3779:2009 shall be explained: …
   9.17.4.2. If characters in the vehicle descriptor second section are used to comply with
             the requirements of section 5.4 of ISO Standard 3779:2009 these characters
             shall be indicated: …
   9.22.     Front under-run protection
   9.22.0.   Presence: yes/no/incomplete4
   9.23.     Pedestrian protection
   9.23.1.   A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the vehicle
             with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the relevant reference lines and
             the constituent materials of the frontal part of the vehicle (interior and
             exterior), including detail of any active protection system installed
   9.24.     Frontal protection systems
   9.24.1.   General arrangement (drawings or photographs) indicating the position and
             attachment of the frontal protection systems:
   9.24.3.   Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque
             requirements, for fitting:
   11.       CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS
             AND SEMI-TRAILERS
   11.1.     Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: …
   11.3.     Instructions for attachment of the coupling type to the vehicle and photographs
             or drawings of the fixing points at the vehicle as stated by the manufacturer;
             additional information, if the use of the coupling type is restricted to certain
             variants or versions of the vehicle type: …
   11.4.     Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting plates: …
   11.5.     Number(s) of the type-approval certificate(s): …
EN                                            77                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    12.          MISCELLANEOUS
   12.7.1.      Vehicle equipped with a 24 GHz short-range radar equipment: yes/no4
   12.8.        eCall system
   12.8.1.      Presence: yes/no4
   12.9.        Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS)
   12.9.1.      The number of the approval certificate issued on the basis of requirements laid
                down in UN Regulation No 138 of the Economic Commission for Europe of
                the United Nations (UNECE):
                or
   12.9.2.      Complete reference to the test results of AVAS sound emission levels,
                measured in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European
                Parliament and of the Council.
   13.          SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR BUSES AND COACHES
   13.1.        Class of vehicle: Class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B4
   13.1.2.      Chassis types where the type-approved bodywork can be installed
                (manufacturer(s), and type of incomplete vehicle(s): …
   13.3.        Number of passengers (seated and standing)
   13.3.1.      Total (N): …
   13.3.2.      Upper deck (Na)4: …
   13.3.3.      Lower deck (Nb)4: …
   13.4.        Number of passengers (seated)
   13.4.1.      Total (A): …
   13.4.2.      Upper deck (Aa)4: …
   13.4.3.      Lower deck (Ab)4: …
   13.4.4. Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   16.          ACCESS        TO      VEHICLE          REPAIR        AND      MAINTENANCE
                INFORMATION
   16.1.        Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance
                information: …
                                       B.      Category O
   0.           GENERAL
   0.1.         Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.         Type: …
EN                                              78                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    0.2.1.     Commercial name(s) (if available): …
   0.3.       Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle2: …
   0.3.1.     Location of that marking: …
   0.4.       Category of vehicle3: …
   0.4.1.     Classification(s) according to the dangerous goods which the vehicle is
              intended to transport: …
   0.5.       Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.8.       Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
   0.9.       Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
   1.         GENERAL           CONSTRUCTION             CHARACTERISTICS             OF       THE
              VEHICLE
   1.1.       Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: …
   1.3.       Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.3.1.     Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   1.3.2.     Number and position of steered axles: …
   1.4.       Chassis (if any) (overall drawing): …
   1.9.       Specify if the towing vehicle is intended to tow semi-trailers or other trailers
              and, if the trailer is a semi-, drawbar-, centre-axle- or rigid drawbar trailer: …
   1.10.      Specify if the vehicle is specially designed for the controlled-temperature
              carriage of goods: …
   2.         MASSES AND DIMENSIONS9 10 11
              (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable)
   2.1.       Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded)12:
   2.1.1.     Two-axle vehicles: …
   2.1.2.     Vehicles with three or more axles
   2.1.2.1.   Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the foremost to the
              rearmost axle: …
   2.1.2.2.   Total axle spacing13: …
   2.3.1.     Track of each steered axle17: …
   2.3.2.     Track of all other axles17: …
   2.4.       Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)
   2.4.1.     For chassis without bodywork
   2.4.1.1.   Length18: …
   2.4.1.1.1. Maximum permissible length: …
   2.4.1.1.2. Minimum permissible length: …
EN                                               79                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.4.1.1.3. In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length19: …
   2.4.1.2.   Width20: …
   2.4.1.2.1. Maximum permissible width: …
   2.4.1.2.2. Minimum permissible width: …
   2.4.2.     For chassis with bodywork
   2.4.2.1.   Length18: …
   2.4.2.1.1. Length of the loading area: …
   2.4.2.1.2. In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length19: …
   2.4.2.2.   Width20: …
   2.4.2.2.1. Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled-
              temperature transport of goods): …
   2.4.2.3.   Height (in running order)21 (for suspension adjustable for height, indicate
              normal running position): …
   2.6.       Mass in running order30
              (a)     minimum and maximum for each variant: …
              (b)     mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …
   2.6.1.     Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer a
              rigid drawbar trailer or a centre-axle trailer, the mass on the coupling: …
              (a)     minimum and maximum for each variant: …
              (b)     mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …
   2.6.2.     Mass of the optional equipment (as defined in point (5) of Article 2 of
              Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012: …
   2.7.       Minimum mass of the completed vehicle as stated by the manufacturer, in the
              case of an incomplete vehicle: …
   2.8.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer32 33:
              …
   2.8.1.     Distribution of this mass among the axles, and in the case of a semi-trailer or
              centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point33: …
   2.9.       Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle: …
   2.10.      Technically permissible mass on each group of axles: …
   2.12.      Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point:
   2.12.2.    Of a semi-trailer, a centre-axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer: …
   2.16.      Registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional)
   2.16.1.    Registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: …
   2.16.2.    Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the
              case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, intended load on the coupling point
              stated by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible maximum
              mass on the coupling point: …
EN                                             80                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.16.3.            Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each group of axles: …
   2.16.4.            Intended registration/in service maximum permissible towable mass (several
                      entries possible for each technical configuration101): …
   4.                 TRANSMISSION
   4.7.               Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h)77: …
   5.                 AXLES
   5.1.               Description of each axle: …
   5.2.               Make: …
   5.3.               Type: …
   5.4.               Position of retractable axle(s): …
   5.5.               Position of loadable axle(s): …
   6.                 SUSPENSION
   6.2.               Type and design of the suspension of each axle or wheel: …
   6.2.1.             Level adjustment: yes/no/optional4
   6.2.4.             Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no4
   6.2.4.1.           Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no4
   6.6.1.             Tyre/wheel combination(s)
   6.6.1.1.           Axles
   6.6.1.1.1.         Axle 1: …
   6.6.1.1.1.1.        6.6.1.1.1.2.     6.6.1.1.1.3.        6.6.1.1.1.4.       6.6.1.1.1.5.       6.6.1.1.1.6.
   Tyre          size  Load-capacity    Speed     category  Wheel rim size(s)  Wheel off-set(s)   Rolling resistance
   designation         index            symbol80                                                  coefficient (RRC)
   6.6.1.1.2.         Axle 2: …
   6.6.1.1.2.1.        6.6.1.1.2.2.     6.6.1.1.2.3.        6.6.1.1.2.4.       6.6.1.1.2.5.       6.6.1.1.2.6.
   Tyre          size  Load-capacity    Speed     category  Wheel rim size(s)  Wheel off-set(s)   Rolling resistance
   designation         index            symbol80                                                  coefficient (RRC)
                      etc.
   6.6.1.2.           Spare wheel, if any: …
   101
           Set out in such a way as to make the actual value clear for each technical configuration of the vehicle
           type.
EN                                                        81                                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    6.6.2.    Upper and lower limit of rolling radii
   6.6.2.1.  Axle 1: …
   6.6.2.2.  Axle 2: …
             etc.
   7.        STEERING
   7.2.      Transmission and control
   7.2.1.    Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable): …
   7.2.2.    Linkage to the wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for
             front and rear, if applicable): …
   7.2.3.    Method of assistance, if any: …
   8.        BRAKES
   8.5.      Antilock braking system: yes/no/optional4
   8.9.      Brief description of the braking system, according to paragraph 12 of Annex 2
             to UN Regulation No 13: …
   9.        BODYWORK
   9.1.      Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex I to Regulation
             (EU) 2018/858 or in case of a special purpose vehicle the codes defined in
             point 5 to Part A of that Annex: …
   9.17.     Statutory plates
   9.17.1.   Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and
             inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: …
   9.17.2.   Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions (completed
             example with dimensions): …
   9.17.3.   Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number (completed
             example with dimensions): …
   9.17.4.1. The meaning of characters in the vehicle descriptor section (VDS) of point 2.1.
             of Part B of Annex I to Regulaiton (EU) No 19/2011 and, if applicable, the
             vehicle indicator section thereof, to comply with the requirements of section
             5.3 of ISO Standard 3779:2009 shall be explained: …
   9.17.4.2. If characters in the vehicle descriptor second section are used to comply with
             the requirements of section 5.4 of ISO Standard 3779:2009 these characters
             shall be indicated: …
   9.26.     Aerodynamic device or equipment on the front of the vehicle
   9.26.1.   Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front:
             yes/no6
EN                                            82                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    9.26.2.          Number of the type-approval certificate of the aerodynamic device or
                    equipment, if available: …
                    Or, if not available provide the information below:
   9.26.3.          Detailed description (including photographs or drawings) of the aerodynamic
                    device or equipment (NB: taken over from the addendum to the TA certificate)
   9.26.3.1.        Construction and materials: …
   9.26.3.2         Locking and adjustment system: …
   9.26.3.3         Attachment and mounting to the vehicle: …
   9.27.            Aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear of the vehicle
   9.27.1.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear: yes/no6
   9.27.2.          Number of the type-approval certificate of the aerodynamic device or
                    equipment, if available: …
                    Or, if not available provide the information below:
   9.27.3.          Detailed description (including photographs or drawings) of the aerodynamic
                    device or equipment (NB: taken over from the addendum to the type-approval
                    certificate)
   9.27.3.1.        Construction and materials: …
   9.27.3.2.        Locking and adjustment system: …
   9.27.3.3.        Attachment and mounting to the vehicle: …
   11.              CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS
                    AND SEMI-TRAILERS
   11.1.            Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: …
   11.5.            Number(s) of the type-approval certificate (s): …
                                                 PART II
     Matrix showing the combinations of the entries listed in Part I within the versions and
                                       variants of the vehicle type
                 Item No       All     Version 1     Version 2    Version 3       Version n
   Notes:
   (a)   A separate matrix shall be compiled for each variant within the type.
   (b)   Entries for which there are no restrictions on their combination within a variant shall be
         listed in the column headed ‘all’.
   (c)   The above information may be presented in an alternative layout or merged with the
         information supplied in Part I.
EN                                                  83                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    (d)     Each variant and each version shall be identified by an alphanumerical code consisting
           of a combination of letters and numbers, which shall also be indicated in the certificate
           of conformity (Annex VIII of this Regulation) of the vehicle concerned.
   (e)     Variant(s) which fall(s) under Part III of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 shall be
           identified by a specific alphanumerical code.
                                                           PART III
                                         Number(s) of the type-approvals
   Supply the information required by the following table in respect of the applicable subjects
   for this vehicle in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858. (All relevant approvals for each
   subject shall be included. However, information in respect of components need not be given
   here so long as such information is included in the approval certificate relating to the
   installation prescriptions).
       Item         Subject         Number of the type-              Member State or        Extension date Variant(s)/version(s)
                                  approval certificate or of       Contracting Party103
                                      the test report102      issuing the type-approval104
                                                               or technical service issuing
                                                                     the test report102
   Signed108: …
   Position in company: …
   Date: …
   102
           To be indicated where the manufacturer applies Article 28(6) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, in which case
           the applied regulatory act shall be specified in the second column.
   103
           Contracting Parties to the Revised 1958 Agreement.
   104
           To be indicated where not obtainable from the number of the type-approval certificate.
EN                                                            84                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                                            ANNEX III
                     TEMPLATES FOR APPROVAL CERTIFICATES
   1.   General Description
   1.1. The approval certificates shall be issued in paper of maximum format A4 (210 × 297
        mm), or in PDF-Format.
   1.2. All information on the approval certificates shall be provided in ISO 8859 series
        characters (for approval certificates issued in Bulgarian Language in Cyril characters,
        for approval certificates issued in Greek Language in Greek characters) and Arabic
        numerals.
   1.3. Model A shall be used for whole vehicle type-approvals.
        Where this template is used for a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small
        series in accordance with Article 42(4) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 it shall bear the
        heading ‘National small series vehicle type-approval certificate’.
   1.4. Model B shall be used for EU system type-approvals.
   1.5. Model C shall be used for EU component type-approvals and EU separate technical
        unit type-approvals.
   1.6. Model D shall be used for EU individual vehicle approvals.
   1.7. Model E shall be used for national individual vehicle approval.
EN                                              85                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                              MODEL A
                             (to be used for type-approval of a vehicle)
                        EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
                                                       Identification of type-approval
                                                       authority
   Communication concerning granting / extension / refusal / withdrawal4 of
   –      EU whole vehicle type-approval in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/8584
   –      EU whole vehicle type-approval with exemptions for new technologies or concepts in
          accordance with Article 39(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 authorised by the
          Commission in accordance with Article 39(3) thereof4
   –      Provisional EU whole vehicle type-approval with exemptions for new technologies or
          concepts in accordance with Article 39(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 pending on the
          authorisation by the Commission in accordance with Article 39(4) thereof. The validity
          of the EU type-approval is thus limited to DD/MM/YYYY4
   –      EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series in accordance with Article 41 of
          Regulation (EU) 2018/8584
   –      National type-approval of vehicles produced in small series in accordance with
          Article 42 of Regulation (EU) 2018/8584
   of a type of:
   –         Complete vehicle4
   –         Completed vehicle4
   –         Incomplete vehicle4
   –         Vehicle with complete and incomplete variants4
   –         Vehicle with completed and incomplete variants4
   Number of the EU type-approval certificate: …
   Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal4: …
                                             SECTION I
   0.1.            Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.            Type: …
EN                                                 86                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    0.2.1.             Commercial name(s)105: …
   0.3.               Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle: …
   0.3.1.             Location of that marking: …
   0.4.               Category of vehicle3: …
   0.5.               Company           name        and        address       of     manufacturer          of      the
                                                                       4
                      incomplete/complete/completed vehicle : …
   0.5.1.             For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the
                      manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle …
   0.8.               Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
   0.9.               Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
                                                      SECTION II
   1.                 Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests106: …
   2.                 Date of test report: …
   3.                 Number of test report: …
   The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the
   attached information document of the vehicle(s) described above, ((a) sample(s) having been
   selected by the EU type-approval authority and submitted by the manufacturer as prototype(s)
   of the vehicle type), and that the attached test results are applicable to the vehicle type.
   1.                 For complete and completed vehicles/variants4:
   The vehicle type meets/does not meet4 the technical requirements of all the relevant
   regulatory acts referred to in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
   2.                 For incomplete vehicles/variants4:
   The vehicle type meets/does not meet4 the technical requirements of the regulatory acts listed
   in the table in part 2 of this certificate
             (Place)                              (Signature)108             (Date)
   Attachments: Information package.
                      Test results sheet in accordance with the template set out in Annex VI of this
                      Regulation.
                      Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign
                      certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company.
                      File containing the information referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 39 of
                      Regulation (EU) 2018/8584
   105
          If not available at the time of granting the type-approval, this item shall be completed at the latest when
          the vehicle is introduced on the market.
   106
            Please fill in “not applicable” in the case of a step-by-step type-approval, where the approval authority
            collect the whole set of EU type-approval certificates or UN type-approval certificates, and that
            authority edited the final whole vehicle type-approval certificate.
EN                                                          87                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
   Part 2
   This EU type-approval is, where incomplete and completed vehicles, variants or versions are
   concerned, based on the approval(s) for incomplete vehicles listed below:
   Stage 1:        Manufacturer of the base vehicle: …
                   Number of the EU type-approval certificate: …
                   Dated: …
                   Applicable to variants or versions (as appropriate): …
   Stage 2:        Manufacturer: …
                   Number of the EU type-approval certificate: …
                   Dated: …
                   Applicable to variants or versions (as appropriate): …
   Stage 3:        Manufacturer: …
                   Number of the EU type-approval certificate: …
                   Dated: …
                   Applicable to variants or versions (as appropriate): …
   In the case where the approval includes one or more incomplete variants or versions (as
   appropriate), list those variants or versions (as appropriate) which are complete or completed.
   Complete/completed variant(s): …
   List of requirements applicable to the approved incomplete vehicle type, variant or version (as
   appropriate, taking account of the scope and latest amendment to each of the regulatory acts
   listed below).
          Item               Subject          Regulatory act      Last amended      Applicable to
                                                reference                            variant or, if
                                                                                      need be, to
                                                                                        version
   (List only subjects for which an EU type-approval exists.)
   In the case of special purpose vehicles, exemptions granted or special provisions applied
   pursuant to Part III of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858, exemptions granted pursuant to
   Article 39 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, and exemptions granted pursuant to Article 42 of
   Regulation (EU) 2018/858:
          Item              Subject           Regulatory act          Kind of        Applicable to
                                                reference          approval and      variant or, if
                                                                     nature of        need be, to
                                                                    exemption           version
EN                                                  88                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                   Appendix
                     List of regulatory acts to which the type of vehicle complies
       (to be filled in only in the case of a whole-vehicle type-approval in accordance with
                       Article 22(1)(b) and (c) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858).
        Item               Subject107           Regulatory act   As amended by     Applicable to
                                                 reference107                       variant or, if
                                                                                     need be, to
                                                                                      version
   107
        In accordance with Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
EN                                                    89                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               MODEL B
                             (to be used for type-approval of a system)
                              EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
                                                         Identification of type-approval
                                                         authority
   Communication concerning granting / extension / refusal / withdrawal4 of:
   –      EU system type-approval in accordance with Directive …/…/EC / Regulation (EU) No
          …/…4 as last amended by Directive …/…/EC / Regulation (EU) No …/…4
   –      EU system type-approval with exemptions for new technologies or concepts in
          accordance with Article 39(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 authorized by the
          Commission in accordance with Article 39(3) thereof4
   –      Provisional EU system type-approval with exemptions for new technologies or concepts
          in accordance with Article 39(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 pending on the
          authorisation by the Commission in accordance with Article 39(4) thereof. The validity
          of the EU type-approval is thus limited to DD/MM/YYYY4
   Number of the EU type-approval certificate: …
   Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal4: …
                                             SECTION I
   0.1.            Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.            Type: …
   0.2.1.          Commercial name(s) (if available): …
   0.3.            Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle2: …
   0.3.1.          Location of that marking: …
   0.4.            Category of vehicle107: …
   0.5.            Name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.8.            Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
   0.9.            Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
                                             SECTION II
   1.              Additional information (where applicable): see Addendum.
   2.              Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
EN                                                 90                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.           Date of test report: …
   4.           Number of test report: …
   5.           Remarks (if any): see Addendum.
   6.           Place: …
   7.           Date: …
   8.           Signature108: …
   Attachments: Information package
                Test report
                File containing the information referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 39 of
                Regulation (EU) 2018/8584
   Addendum
                          to EU type-approval certificate number …
   1.           Additional information
   1.1.         […]:
   1.1.1.       […]:
   […]
   2.           List of the numbers of the type-approval certificates of components and/or
                separate technical units used for the type-approval of the system with EU type-
                approval certificate number ….. approved under Directive / Regulation4: …
   2.1.         […]:
   3.           Remarks
   3.1.         […]:
EN                                              91                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                            MODEL C
           (to be used for type-approval of components or separate technical units)
                            EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
                                                      Identification of type-approval
                                                      authority
   Communication concerning granting / extension / refusal / withdrawal4 of:
   –       EU component/separate technical unit4 type-approval in accordance with Directive
           …/…/EC / Regulation (EU) No …/…4
   –       EU component/separate technical unit4 type-approval with exemptions for new
           technologies or concepts in accordance with Article 39(2) of Regulation (EU)
           2018/858 authorized by the Commission in accordance with Article 39(3) thereof4
   –       Provisional EU component/separate technical unit4 type-approval with exemptions
           for new technologies or concepts in accordance with Article 39(2) of Regulation
           (EU) 2018/858 pending on the authorisation by the Commission in accordance with
           Article 39(4) thereof. The validity of the EU type-approval is thus limited to
           DD/MM/YYYY4
   The number of the EU type-approval certificate: …
   Reason for extension/refusal/withdrawal4: …
                                           SECTION I
   0.1.          Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.          Type: …
   0.3.          Means of identification of type, if marked on the component/separate technical
                 unit2 4: …
   0.3.1.        Location of that marking: …
   0.5.          Name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.7.          In the case of components and separate technical units, location and method of
                 affixing of the EU approval mark: …
   0.8.          Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …
   0.9.          Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
                                           SECTION II
   1.            Additional information (where applicable): see Addendum
   2.            Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
EN                                              92                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    3.           Date of test report: …
   4.           Number of test report: …
   5.           Remarks (if any): see Addendum
   6.           Place: …
   7.           Date: …
   8.           Signature108: …
   Attachments: Information package.
                Test report.
                File containing the information referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 39 of
                Regulation (EU) 2018/8584
   Addendum
                           to EU type-approval certificate number …
   1.           Additional information
   1.1.         […]:
   1.1.1.       […]:
   […]
   2.           Restriction of use of the device (if any)
   2.1.         […]:
   3.           Remarks
   3.1.         […]:
EN                                              93                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---                                              MODEL D
                          (to be used for EU individual vehicle approval)
                  EU INDIVIDUAL VEHICLE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
                         Name, address, phone number and e-mail-address of the individual
        e(4)                                       approval authority
   Communication concerning granting / refusal / withdrawal4 of:
   –        EU individual vehicle approval in accordance with Article 44 of Regulation (EU)
            2018/858
   Number of the EU individual vehicle approval certificate: …
   Reason for refusal/withdrawal4: …
                                             SECTION I
   The undersigned [… …name and position] hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.           Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.           Type: …                         Variant: …            Version: …
   0.2.1.         Commercial name: …
   0.2.2.         For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the
                  base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage)4:
                  Manufacturer: …
                  Make: …
                  Type: …                         Variant: …            Version: …
                  Category of vehicle3: …
                  Number of the type-approval certificate, including extension number …
   0.2.3.         Identifiers (where applicable)1: …
   0.2.3.1.       Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.4.           Category of vehicle107: …
   0.5.           Name and address of the manufacturer: …
   0.6.           Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                  Location of the vehicle identification number: …
EN                                                 94                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    0.9.              Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any):
   0.10.             Vehicle identification number: …
   submitted for approval on            […… date of application]
   by                                   […… Name and address of the applicant]
   For multi-stage approved vehicles: the vehicle has been completed or altered4 as follows: …
   The vehicle complies with:
   –         Appendix 2 to Part I of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858;
   –         Part III of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 EU (special purpose vehicles).
   The vehicle can be permanently registered without further approval in Member States having
   right/left4 hand traffic and using metric/imperial4 units for the speedometer.
   (Place) (Date)                       (Signature108)             (Stamp of the approval authority)
   […]                                  […]                        […]
   Attachments Two photos109 of the vehicle
                     (min resolution 640 x 480 pixel, ~7 x 10 cm).
                     In the case of an multi-stage approval, all certificates of conformity in paper
                     format that were delivered at the previous stages.
                                                     SECTION II
   1.                Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
   2.                Date of test report: …
   3.                Number of test report: …
   Part 2
   (Part 2 shall consist of the information in Appendix 1 to this Annex for the vehicle category
   approved)
   108
          Or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ in accordance with Regulation (EU)
          No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on electronic identification
          and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market and repealing Directive 1999/93/EC
          (OJ L 257, 28.8.2014, p. 73), including data for verification.
   109
          One ¾ front, one ¾ rear.
EN                                                         95                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---                                              MODEL E
                       (to be used for national individual vehicle approval)
             NATIONAL INDIVIDUAL VEHICLE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
                     Name, address, phone number and e-mail-address of the approval authority
        e(4)
   Communication concerning granting / refusal / withdrawal4 of:
   –        National individual vehicle approval in accordance with Article 45 of Regulation
            (EU) 2018/858
   Number of the national individual vehicle approval certificate: …
   Reason for refusal/withdrawal4: …
                                             SECTION I
   The undersigned [… name and … position], hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.           Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.           Type: …                         Variant: …            Version: …
   0.2.1.         Commercial name: …
   0.2.2.         For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the
                  base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage)4:
                  Manufacturer: …
                  Make: …
                  Type: …                         Variant: …            Version: …
                  Category of vehicle3: …
                  Number of the type-approval certificate, including extension number …
   0.2.3.         Identifiers (where applicable)1: …
   0.2.3.1.       Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.4.           Category of vehicle3: …
   0.5.           Name and address of the manufacturer: …
   0.6.           Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                  Location of the vehicle identification number: …
   0.9.           Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …
   0.10.          Vehicle identification number: …
EN                                                 96                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                    submitted for approval on      […… date of application]
                   by                             […… Name and address of the applicant]
   For multi-stage approved vehicles: the vehicle has been completed or altered4 as follows: …
   The vehicle complies with the regulatory acts listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858,
   with exemption(s) of the following regulatory acts: ………. The issuing Member State has
   imposed alternative requirements.
   The vehicle can be permanently registered without further approval in (name of the Member
   State).
           (Place)                 (Signature)108                 (Date)
                                              SECTION II
   1.              Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
   2.              Date of test report: …
   3.              Number of test report: …
   Attachments: Two photos110 of the vehicle (optional)
                   (min resolution 640 x 480 pixel, ~7 x 10 cm).
                   In the case of an multi-stage approval, all certificates of conformity in paper
                   format that were delivered at the previous stages.
   Part 2
   (Part 2 shall consist of the information in Appendix 1 to this Annex for the vehicle category
   approved)
   110
         One ¾ front, one ¾ rear
EN                                                 97                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                   Appendix 1
   Part 2 of the EU individual vehicle approval certificate and of the national individual approval
   certificate
                                                 Category M1
   General construction characteristics
   1.               Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   3.               Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.             Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   Main dimensions
   4.               Wheelbase111: … mm
   4.1.             Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm
   5.               Length: … mm
   6.               Width: … mm
   7.               Height: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.            Actual mass of the vehicle:…kg
   16.              Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.            Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.            Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                    1. … kg,          2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   16.4.            Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   18.              Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.            Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.            Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.            Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.              Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                    kg
   Power plant
   20.              Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.              Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.              Working principle: …
   23.              Pure electric: yes/no4
   111
           This entry shall be completed only where the vehicle has two axles.
EN                                                      98                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    23.1.            Class of Hybrid [electric]                   vehicle:       OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
                    FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.              Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.              Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.              Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                    4
   26.1.            Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual Fuel4
   26.2.            (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.              Maximum power
   27.1.            Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.            Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.            Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.              Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.              Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.              Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm
   35.              Fitted tyre/wheel combination/ energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                    coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                    applicable)160 1: …
   Bodywork
   38.              Code for bodywork113: …
   40.              Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.              Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.              Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.            Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.3.            Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   Environmental performances
   46.              Sound level
                    Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1
                    Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.              Exhaust emission level116: Euro … or other legislation: …
   112
           In the case of more than one electric motor indicate the consolidated effect of all the engines.
   113
         The codes described in Part C of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 shall be used.
   114
         Indicate only the basic colour(s): white, yellow, orange, red, violet, blue, green, grey, brown or black.
   115
         Excluding seats designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary and the number of wheelchair
         positions.
EN                                                         99                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.1.1.          Test mass, kg: …
   48.              Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                    Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                    applicable: …
   48.1.            Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.              CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162:
           1.       all power train except pure electric vehicles
                    NEDC:                             CO2 emissions Fuel consumption
                    Combined:                         … g/km                      … l/100km/m3/100km4
                    Weighted, combined                … g/km                      … l/100km/m3/100km4
                    Deviation factor (if applicable): …
                    Verification factor (if applicable) ‘1’ or ‘0’: …
           2.       NEDC: pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                    Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4) … Wh/km
           3.       Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no4
           3.1.     General code of the eco-innovation(s)151: …
           3.2.     Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)68
                    (repeat for each reference fuel tested):
           3.2.1. NEDC savings: … g/km (if applicable)
           3.2.2. WLTP savings: … g/km (if applicable)
           4.       All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                    (EU) 2017/1151117 (if applicable)
                    WLTP values              CO2 emissions              Fuel consumption
                    Combined4:               …g/km                      …l/100km/m3/100km/
                                                                        kg/100km4
                    Weighted, combined4… g/km                   …l/100km/m3/100km/
                                                                        kg/100km4
           5.       Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation
                    (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
           5.1.     Pure electric vehicles
   116
         Add the number of the Euro level and, if appropriate, the character corresponding to the provisions used
         for type-approval.
   117
           Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007
           of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to
           emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle
           repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and
           of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No
           1230/2012 and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (Text with EEA relevance) (OJ L
           175, 7.7.2017, p. 1–643)
EN                                                    100                                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                   Electric energy consumption           … Wh/km
          5.2.    OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                  Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)         … Wh/km
   51.            For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                  of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                  Council: …
   52.            Remarks: …
   53.            Additional information (mileage118, …)
                                             Category M2
   General construction characteristics
   1.             Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.           Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.             Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.             Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.           Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   Main dimensions
   4.             Wheelbase111: … mm
   4.1.           Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm
   5.             Length: … mm
   5.3.           Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                  equipped4
   6.             Width: … mm
   7.             Height: … mm
   9.             Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                  device: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.          Actual mass of the vehicle: …kg
   13.3.          Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.            Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg
   16.            Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.          Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.          Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                  1. … kg,        2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
   118
         Not compulsory
EN                                               101                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service          maximum   permissible   masses   in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service  maximum    permissible   mass  of  the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point:…
               kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.       Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
               NOVC-FCHV4
   24.         Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.         Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.         Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
               4
   26.1.       Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual Fuel4
   26.2.       (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.         Maximum power
   27.1.       Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.       Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.       Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.         Gearbox (type): …
EN                                              102                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    Maximum speed
   29.          Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.          Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm
   33.          Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.          Fitted tyre/wheel combination/ energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.          Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.          Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar
   Bodywork
   38.          Code for bodywork113: …
   39.          Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B4
   40.          Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.          Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.          Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.        Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.3.        Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   43.          Number of standing places: …
   Coupling device
   44.          Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.        Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.          Sound level
                Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.          Exhaust emission level116: Euro … or other legislation: …
   48.          Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                applicable: …
   48.1.        Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.          CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162:
          1.    all power train except pure electric vehicles
                NEDC:                           CO2 emissions          Fuel consumption
                Combined:                       … g/km                 … l/100km/m3/100km4
EN                                               103                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                 Weighted, combined              … g/km                 … l/100km
                Deviation factor (if applicable): …
                Verification factor (if applicable) ‘1’ or ‘0’: …
         2.     NEDC: pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4) … Wh/km
         4.     All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Regulation (EU)
                2017/1151 (if applicable)
                WLTP values             CO2 emissions           Fuel consumption
                           4
                Combined :               …g/km                  …l/100km/m3/100km/
                                                                kg/100km4
                Weighted, combined4 … g/km                      …l/100km/m3/100km/
                                                                kg/100km4
         5.     Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation
                (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
         5.1.   Pure electric vehicles
                Electric energy consumption             … Wh/km
         5.2.   OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)            … Wh/km
   51.          For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                Council: …
   52.          Remarks: …
   53.          Additional information (mileage118, …)
                                           Category M3
   General construction characteristics
   1.           Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.         Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.           Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.           Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.         Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   Main dimensions
   4.           Wheelbase111: … mm
   4.1.         Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm
   5.           Length: … mm
   5.3.         Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                equipped4
EN                                              104                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    6.          Width: … mm
   7.          Height: … mm
   9.          Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
               device: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.       Actual mass of the vehicle: …kg
   13.3.       Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.         Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg
   16.         Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service          maximum   permissible   masses   in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service  maximum    permissible   mass  of  the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point:…
               kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
EN                                              105                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    23.1.        Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
                NOVC-FCHV4
   24.          Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.          Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.          Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                4
   26.1.        Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual Fuel4
   26.2.        (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.          Maximum power
   27.1.        Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.        Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.        Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.          Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.          Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.1.        Track of each steered axle: … mm
   30.2.        Track of all other axles: … mm
   32.          Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.          Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.          Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.          Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.          Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar
   Bodywork
   38.          Code for bodywork113: …
   39.          Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B4
   40.          Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.          Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.          Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.        Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.3.        Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   43.          Number of standing places: …
   Coupling device
   44.          Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.        Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
EN                                               106                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    Environmental performances
   46.          Sound level
                Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.          Exhaust emission level116: Euro … or other legislation: …
   48.          Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                applicable: …
   48.1.        Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   51.          For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                Council: …
   52.          Remarks: …
   53.          Additional information (mileage118, …)
                                        Category N1
   General construction characteristics
   1.           Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.         Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   3.           Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.         Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   Main dimensions
   4.           Wheelbase111: … mm
   4.1.         Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm
   5.           Length: … mm
   6.           Width: … mm
   7.           Height: … mm
   8.           Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                mm
   11.          Length of the loading area: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.        Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   14.          Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg168
   16.          Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.        Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.        Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                1. … kg,        2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
EN                                             107                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.4.        Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   18.          Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.        Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.        Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.        Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.        Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.          Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                kg
   Power plant
   20.          Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.          Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.          Working principle: …
   23.          Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.        Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC -HEV/OVC-FCHV/
                NOVC-FCHV4
   24.          Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.          Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.          Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                4
   26.1.        Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual Fuel4
   26.2.        (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.          Maximum net power
   27.1.        Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.        Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.        Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.          Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.          Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.          Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm
   35.          Fitted tyre/wheel combination/ energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                applicable)160 1: …
   Bodywork
   38.          Code for bodywork113: …
   40.          Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.          Number and configuration of doors: …
EN                                           108                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    42.            Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.          Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.3.          Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   Coupling device
   44.            Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.          Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.            Sound level
                  Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1
                  Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.            Exhaust emission level116: Euro … or other legislation: …
   47.1.1.        WLTP test mass1
   48.            Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                  Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                  applicable: …
   49.            CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption1:
           1.     all power train except pure electric vehicles
                  NEDC:           CO2 emissions           Fuel consumption
                  Combined4:      … g/km                  …l/100km/m3/100km/kg/100km
                  Weighted, combined4 … g/km              … l/100km/m3/100km/kg/100km
                  Deviation factor (if applicable): …
                  Verification factor (if applicable) (‘0’ or ‘1’): …
           2.     NEDC: pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                  Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined)4… Wh/km
           3.     Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no4
           3.1.   General code of the eco-innovation(s)151: …
           3.2.   Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)68
                  (repeat for each reference fuel tested):
           3.2.1. NEDC savings: … g/km (if applicable)
           3.2.2. WLTP savings: … g/km (if applicable)
           4.     All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Regulation (EU)
                  2017/1151
                  (if applicable)
                  WLTP:CO2 emissions              Fuel consumption
                             4
                  Combined        … g/km                  … l/100km/m3/100km/kg/100km4
                  Weighted, combined4 … g/km              … l/100km
EN                                                109                                   EN
 ---pagebreak---           5.     Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation
                 (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
          5.1.   Pure electric vehicles
                 Electric energy consumption: … Wh/km
          5.2    OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                 Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted): … Wh/km
   Miscellaneous
   50.           Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting
                 dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks: …
   53.           Additional information (mileage118, …)
                                         Category N2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase111: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm
   5.            Length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated cab complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.            Width: … mm
   7.            Height: … mm
   8.            Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                 mm
   9.            Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                 device: … mm
   11.           Length of the loading area: … mm
   Masses
EN                                              110                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    13.2.       Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   13.3.       Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.         Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg168
   16.         Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service          maximum   permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1. … kg,        2. … kg,         3. … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service  maximum    permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.       Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
               kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.       Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC -HEV/OVC-FCHV/
               NOVC-FCHV4
   24.         Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.         Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.         Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
EN                                              111                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                 4
   26.1.        Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual Fuel4
   26.2.        (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.          Maximum net power
   27.1.        Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.        Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.        Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.          Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.          Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.          Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.          Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.          Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.          Fitted tyre/wheel combination/ energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.          Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.          Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar
   Bodywork
   38.          Code for bodywork113: …
   40.          Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.          Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.          Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   Coupling device
   44.          Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.        Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.          Sound level
                Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1
                Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.          Exhaust emission level116: Euro … or other legislation: …
   47.1.1.      WLTP test mass1
   48.          Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
EN                                               112                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                   Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                  applicable: …
   49.            CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption1:
          1.      all power train except pure electric vehicles
                  NEDC:                   CO2 emissions                       Fuel consumption
                                   4
                  Combined :                          … g/km                  …l/100km/m3/100km/kg/100km
                  Weighted, combined4 … g/km                                  … l/100km/m3/100km/kg/100km
                  Deviation factor (if applicable): …
                  Verification factor (if applicable) (‘0’ or ‘1’): …
          2.      NEDC: pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                  Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined)4… Wh/km
          4.      All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Regulation (EU)
                  2017/1151 (if applicable)
                  WLTP:CO2 emissions                              Fuel consumption
                                   4
                  Combined                             … g/km                 … l/100km/m3/100km/kg/100km4
                  Weighted, combined4 … g/km                                  … l/100km
          5.      Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation
                  (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
          5.1.    Pure electric vehicles
                  Electric energy consumption: … Wh/km
          5.2.    OVC hybrid electric vehicles
                  Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted): … Wh/km
   49.1.          Cryptographic                 hash           of        the         manufacturer's      records  file119:
                  ..................................................................................
   49.4.          Cryptographic                  hash            of         the          customer     information    file:
                  ............................................................................120 121
   Miscellaneous
   50.            Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting
                  dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.            For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                  of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                  Council: …
   52.            Remarks: …
   53.            Additional information (mileage118, …)
   119
          Drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Part I of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 2017/2400
   120
          Drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Part II of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 2017/2400
   121
          Only applicable if the vehicle is approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 and a
          customer information file has been drawn up in accordance with the model set out in part II of Annex
          IV to Regulation (EU) No 2017/2400/
EN                                                                 113                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---                                         Category N3
   General construction characteristics
   1.           Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.         Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.           Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.           Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.         Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated4 8
   Main dimensions
   4.           Wheelbase111: … mm
   4.1.         Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm
   5.           Length: … mm
   5.2.         Elongated cab complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.         vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                equipped4
   6.           Width: … mm
   7.           Height: … mm
   8.           Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                mm
   9.           Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                device: … mm
   11.          Length of the loading area: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.        Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   13.3.        Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   16.          Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.        Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.        Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                1. … kg,        2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
   16.3.        Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                1. … kg,        2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
   16.4.        Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.          Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national
                traffic4 166
   17.1.        Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.        Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                1. … kg,        2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
EN                                             114                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    17.3.        Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                group:
                1. … kg,         2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
   17.4.        Intended registration/in      service   maximum    permissible  mass  of   the
                combination: … kg
   18.          Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.        Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.        Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.        Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.        Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.          Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                kg
   Power plant
   20.          Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.          Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.          Working principle: …
   23.          Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.        Class of Hybrid [electric]           vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC        -HEV/OVC-
                FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.          Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.          Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.          Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                4
   26.1.        Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual Fuel4
   26.2.        (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.          Maximum net power
   27.1.        Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.        Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.        Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.          Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.          Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.          Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.          Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.          Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.          Fitted tyre/wheel combination160: …
EN                                               115                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar
   Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   40.           Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.           Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.           Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro … or other legislation: …
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
   49.1.         Cryptographic                 hash           of        the         manufacturer's      records  file119:
                 ..................................................................................
   49.4.         Cryptographic                  hash            of         the          customer     information    file:
                 ............................................................................120 120
   Miscellaneous
   50.           Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting
                 dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks: …
   53.           Additional information (mileage118, …)
                                                                 Categories O1/O2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   Main dimensions
EN                                                                116                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.           Wheelbase157 174: … mm
   4.1.         Axle spacing:
                0-1:    … mm
                1-2:    … mm
                2-3:    … mm
                3-4:    … mm
   5.           Length: … mm
   6.           Width: … mm
   7.           Height: … mm
   10.          Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the
                vehicle: … mm
   11.          Length of the loading area: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.        Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   16.          Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.        Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.        Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                1. … kg,        2. … kg,      3. … kg etc.
   16.3.        Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                1. … kg,        2. … kg,      3. … kg, etc.
   19.          Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                kg
   Maximum speed
   29.          Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.1.        Track of each steered axle: … mm
   30.2.        Track of all other axles: … mm.      Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or
                equivalent: yes/no4
   35.          Fitted tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.          Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   Bodywork
   38.          Code for bodywork113: …
   Coupling device
   44.          Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.        Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
EN                                            117                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    Miscellaneous
   50.           Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting
                 dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks: …
   53.           Additional information: …
                                       Categories O3/O4
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157 174: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 0-1:   … mm
                 1-2:   … mm
                 2-3:   … mm
                 3-4:   … mm
   5.            Length: … mm
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.            Width: … mm
   7.            Height: … mm
   10.           Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the
                 vehicle: … mm
   11.           Length of the loading area: … mm
   Masses
   13.2.         Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1. … kg,       2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
   16.3.         Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                 1. … kg,       2. … kg,       3. … kg, etc.
EN                                             118                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.4.         Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.           Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national
                 traffic4 166
   17.1.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                 1. … kg,         2. … kg,      3. … kg, etc.
   17.3.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                 group:
                 1. … kg,         2. … kg,      3. … kg, etc.
   17.4.         Intended registration/in     service   maximum     permissible mass    of  the
                 combination: … kg
   19.           Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                 kg
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   34.           Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Miscellaneous
   50.           Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting
                 dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks: …
   53.           Additional information: …
EN                                               119                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---                                              ANNEX IV
                     APPROVAL CERTIFICATE NUMBERING SYSTEM
   1.             Approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with the method set out
                  in this Annex.
   2.             The number of the approval certificate for whole-vehicle type-approvals shall
                  consist of four sections and the number of the approval certificate for type-
                  approvals of systems, components, and separate technical units shall consist of
                  five sections, as detailed below. In both cases, the sections shall be separated
                  by an asterisk (‘*’).
   2.1 Section 1: (applicable to all approvals): The lower-case letter ‘e’ is followed by the
                  distinguishing number of the Member State issuing the approval:
                  1 for Germany;                        19 for Romania;
                  2 for France;                         20 for Poland;
                  3 for Italy;                          21 for Portugal;
                  4 for the Netherlands;                23 for Greece;
                  5 for Sweden;                         24 for Ireland;
                  6 for Belgium;                        25 for Croatia;
                  7 for Hungary;                        26 for Slovenia;
                  8 for the Czech Republic;             27 for Slovakia;
                  9 for Spain;                          29 for Estonia;
                  11 for the United Kingdom;            32 for Latvia;
                  12 for Austria;                       34 for Bulgaria;
                  13 for Luxembourg;                    36 for Lithuania;
                  17 for Finland;                       49 for Cyprus;
                  18 for Denmark;                       50 for Malta.
   2.2 Section 2: (only for an EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical
                  unit) The number of the Regulation of the European Parliament and of the
                  Council, Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council,
                  Commission Delegated Regulation or Commission Implementing Regulation
                  laying down the applicable requirements. For an EU type-approval of a system,
                  component or separate technical unit, one of the following shall be indicated,
                  as applicable:
                  (a) the number of the applicable Commission Delegated Regulation
                  supplementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858;
                  (b) the number of the Regulation of the European Parliament and of the
                  Council laying down the applicable requirements;
EN                                               120                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---                   (c) the number of the Commission Regulation adopted pursuant to Article
                  14(1)(a) to (e) of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 and laying down the
                  applicable requirements.
   2.3 Section 3: (applicable to all approvals): Either the number of the Regulation of the
                European Parliament and of the Council, Directive of the European Parliament
                and of the Council, Commission Delegated Regulation or Commission
                Implementing Regulation laying down the applicable requirements, or, where
                amended, of the latest Regulation/Directive amending that Regulation/Directive.
                For an EU whole-vehicle type-approval in accordance with Regulation (EU)
                2018/858, ‘2018/858’ shall be indicated. However:
                (a) in the case of an EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series in
                accordance with Article 41 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, the letters ‘KS’ in
                capitals shall replace the first two digits of that Regulation's number (i.e.
                ‘KS18/858’);
                (b) in the case of a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series in
                accordance with Article 42 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, the letters ‘NKS’ in
                capitals shall replace the first two digits of that Regulation's number (i.e.
                ‘NKS18/858’);
                (c) in the case of an EU individual vehicle approval in accordance with Article
                44 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, the letters ‘IV’ in capitals shall replace the first
                two digits of that Regulation's number (i.e. ‘IV18/858’);
                (d) in the case of a national individual vehicle approval in accordance with
                Article 45 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, the letters ‘NIV’ in capitals shall
                replace the first two digits of that Regulation's number (i.e. ‘NIV18/858’).
                Where a Directive or Regulation laying down the applicable requirements, or its
                amendment, contains different technical prescriptions to be applied from specific
                dates, section 3 shall be followed by one or more alphabetical characters, as
                prescribed in the applicable Directive or Regulation to identify against which
                requirements the approval was granted. Where different vehicle categories are
                concerned, the character may also refer to a specific vehicle category.
   2.4 Section 4: (applicable to all approvals): A five-digit sequential number (with leading
                  zeros as applicable) for an EU whole-vehicle type-approval, EU type-approval
                  of vehicles produced in small series, national type-approval of vehicles
                  produces in small series, a system, component or separate technical unit. The
                  sequence shall start from 00001 for each Regulation that is indicated in section
                  2 for a type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, or in
                  section 3 for a whole-vehicle type-approval.
                  In the case of an EU individual vehicle approval or a national individual
                  vehicle approval, section 4 shall consist of 6 alphanumerical digits. The
                  Member States shall determine the detailed rules for the sequence of the
                  numbers.
EN                                                 121                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.5 Section 5: (not for EU individual vehicle approvals and national individual vehicle
                     approvals): A two-digit sequential number (with leading zeros if applicable) to
                     denote an extension in accordance with Article 34 of Regulation (EU)
                     2018/858. The sequence shall start from 00 for each new type-approval
                     certificate. On the vehicle's statutory plate(s) only, Section 5 shall be omitted.
   3.                Examples of approval certificate numbers
   3.1.             Examples of a third type-approval of a system, component or a separate
                    technical unit (with no extension) granted by France:
                   (a) in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, and Regulation (EU)
                   2017/1151 as amended by Regulation (EU) 2018/1832 (Regulation with
                   different application dates through the alphabetical characters reflecting the
                   different vehicle categories in accordance with that Regulation or its
                   amendments):
                   e2*715/2007*2018/1832DG*00003*00
                   (b) in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009, and Regulation (EU)
                   No 582/2011 as amended by Regulation (EU) 2018/932 (Regulation with
                   different application dates):
                   e2*595/2009*2018/932D*00003*00
                   (c) in accordance with Commission Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010122:
                   e2*1008/2010*1008/2010*00003*00
                   (d) in accordance with Commission Regulation (EU) No 19/2011123, as amended
                   by Commission Regulation (EU) No 249/2012124
                   e2*19/2011*249/2012*00003*00
   3.2.              Example of a second extension to the fourth EU whole-vehicle type-approval
                     granted by Ireland in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/858:
                     e24*2018/858*00004*02
   3.3.              Example of an EU type-approval of vehicles produced in small series granted
                     by Luxembourg in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/858:
                     e13*KS18/858*00001*00
   3.4.              Example of a national type-approval of vehicles produced in small series
                     granted by the Netherlands in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/858:
   122
         Commission Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements
         for windscreen wiper and washer systems of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC)
         No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type-approval requirements for
         the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units
         intended therefor (OJ L 292, 10.11.2010, p. 2).
   123
         Commission Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 of 11 January 2011 concerning type-approval requirements for
         the manufacturer's statutory plate and for the vehicle identification number of motor vehicles and their
         trailers and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council
         concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems,
         components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L 8, 12.1.2011, p. 1).
   124
         Commission Regulation (EU) No 249/2012 of 21 March 2012 amending Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 as
         regards type-approval requirements for the manufacturer's statutory plate of motor vehicles and their
         trailers (OJ L 82, 22.3.2012, p. 1).
EN                                                        122                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                    e4*NKS18/858*00001*00
   3.5.            Example of an EU individual vehicle approval granted by Austria in
                   accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/858:
                   e12*IV18/858*ST0001
   3.6.            Example of a national individual vehicle approval granted by Austria in
                   accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/858:
                   e12*NIV18/858*W00001
   4.              This Annex does not apply to type-approvals granted in accordance with the
                   UN Regulations listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858, as the
                   relevant numbering system is provided for in the respective UN Regulations.
                   However, this Annex applies to EU type-approvals granted in accordance with
                   Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 on the basis of requirements laid down in the
                   UN Regulations listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858, in which
                   case, the following numbering system shall apply:
   4.1. Section 1: Point 2.1 of this Annex shall apply.
   4.2. Section 2: The number of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (i.e. ‘661/2009’)
   4.3. Section 3: Section 3 shall be composed of the following elements in the following order:
                   (a) the number of the UN Regulation laying down the applicable requirements-
                   , followed by the letter 'R';
                   (b) two digits (with leading zeros as applicable) indicating the series of
                   amendments that lay down the applicable requirements (00 for the original
                   version of the UN Regulation);
                   (c) a slash and the number of the supplement to the original version or series of
                   amendments laying down the applicable requirements (with leading zeros as
                   applicable);
                   (d) the implementing stage, if applicable, a slash and one or two character(s).
   4.4. Section 4: Point 2.4 of this Annex shall apply.
   4.5. Section 5: Point 2.5 of this Annex shall apply.
   4.6.            Examples of type-approval certificate numbers
EN                                                123                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.6.1.          Example of a type-approval granted by Germany in accordance with UN
                   Regulation No 13-H125 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United
                   Nations (UN/ECE) Uniform provisions concerning the approval of passenger
                   cars with regard to braking, original series of amendments, supplement 16, first
                   approval granted, no extensions:
                   e1*661/2009*13-HR00/16*00001*00
   4.6.2.          Example of a type-approval granted by Croatia in accordance with UN
                   Regulation No 46126 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United
                   Nations (UNECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of devices
                   for indirect vision and of motor vehicles with regard to the installation of these
                   device, 04 series of amendments, supplement 1, 123rd approval granted, 5th
                   extension:
                   e25*661/2009*46R04/01*00123*05
   125
          UN Regulation No 13-H of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of passenger cars with regard to braking [2015/2364] (OJ
          L 335, 22.12.2015, p. 1)
   126
          UN Regulation No 46 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UNECE) —
          Uniform provisions concerning the approval of devices for indirect vision and of motor vehicles with
          regard to the installation of these devices (OJ L 237, 8.8.2014, p. 24)
EN                                                       124                                                   EN
 ---pagebreak---                                        ANNEX V
        EU type-approval mark of components and separate technical units
   1.      The EU type-approval mark for components and separate technical units
           referred to in Article 38(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 shall consist of:
   1.1.    A rectangle surrounding the lower-case letter ‘e’, followed by the
           distinguishing number of the Member State which has granted the type-
           approval for the component or separate technical unit:
           1 for Germany;                         19 for Romania;
           2 for France;                          20 for Poland;
           3 for Italy;                           21 for Portugal;
           4 for the Netherlands;                 23 for Greece;
           5 for Sweden;                          24 for Ireland;
           6 for Belgium;                         25 for Croatia;
           7 for Hungary;                         26 for Slovenia;
           8 for the Czech Republic;              27 for Slovakia;
           9 for Spain;                           29 for Estonia;
           11 for the United Kingdom;             32 for Latvia;
           12 for Austria;                        34 for Bulgaria;
           13 for Luxembourg;                     36 for Lithuania;
           17 for Finland;                        49 for Cyprus;
           18 for Denmark;                        50 for Malta.
   1.2.    In the vicinity of the rectangle, two digits indicating the series of amendments
           laying down the requirements with which this component or separate technical
           units complies, followed by a space and the five-digit number referred to in
           point 2.4 of Annex IV.
   1.3.    An additional symbol or symbols located above the rectangle where required
           by the regulatory act laying down the applicable requirements.
   2.      The type-approval mark of components or separate technical units shall be
           indelible and clearly legible.
   3.      Example of a type-approval mark for a fourth type-approval of a component
           granted by Belgium. 01 denotes the series of amendments of the Regulation
           laying down the applicable requirements with which this component complies.
EN                                         125                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.           This Annex does not apply to type-approvals granted in accordance with the
                UN Regulations listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
              However, this Annex applies to EU type-approvals of components and separate
              technical units granted in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 on the
              basis of requirements laid down in the UN Regulations listed in Annex II to that
              Regulation, in which case the following shall apply:
              (a) the distinguishing type-approval marking shall be as prescribed in the
              applicable UN Regulation;
              (b) where the applicable UN Regulation requires a circle surrounding the letter
              ‘E’ to be part of the type-approval mark, a rectangle rather than a circle shall be
              used. The height of the rectangle shall correspond to at least the prescribed
              diameter of the circle and its width shall exceed that value. Instead of the upper-
              case letter ‘E’, the lower-case letter ‘e’ shall be used, followed by the
              distinguishing number of the Member State which has granted the EU type
              approval of the component or separate technical unit.
              Example of a type-approval mark for a type-approval granted by Germany, on
              the basis of requirements laid down in the UN Regulation 28127 of the Economic
              Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE), on uniform provisions
              concerning the approval of audible warning devices and of motor vehicles with
              regard to their audible signals, listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858,
              original series, first approval issued, for a Class II audible warning device
              incorporating new technologies:
          II      e1        00 0001
   127
       Regulation No 28 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
       Uniform provisions concerning the approval of audible warning devices and of motor vehicles with
       regard to their audible signals (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 33)
EN                                                   126                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                        ANNEX VI
                             TEMPLATE FOR THE TEST RESULT SHEET
                                             TEST RESULTS SHEET
    (To be completed by the type-approval authority and attached to the whole-vehicle EU type-
               approval certificate referred to in Article 28 of Regulation (EU) 2018/858)
   Please indicate clearly to which variant and version of the vehicle the test result applies. Each
   version shall not have more than one test result. In the case of several test results per version
   indicating the worst test result, a note shall state that for items marked (*) the worst test
   results are provided.
   1.                 Results of the sound level tests
                      Please provide the number of the regulatory act laying down the applicable
                      requirements and the number of its latest amendment. Where the regulatory act
                      provides for two or more implementation stages, please also indicate the
                      implementation stage:
     Variant/Version of the vehicle:                     …              …                …
     Moving (dB(A)/E):                                   …              …                …
     Stationary (dB(A)/E):                               …              …                …
     at (min– 1):                                        …              …                …
   2.                 Results of the exhaust emission tests
   2.1.               Emissions from motor vehicles tested under the test procedure for light-duty
                      vehicles
                      Please provide the number of the regulatory act laying down the applicable
                      requirements or, where amended, the number of its latest amendment. Where
                      the regulatory act provides for two or more implementation stages, please also
                      indicate the implementation stage: …
                      Fuel(s)128… (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG,                         Bi-fuel:      petrol/NG,       LPG,
                      NG/biomethane, Flex-fuel: petrol/ethanol…)
                      4 129
   128
          When restrictions for the fuel are applicable, indicate those restrictions (e.g. for natural gas the L range or
          the H range).
   129
          Vehicles can be fuelled with both petrol and a gaseous fuel but, where the petrol system is fitted for
          emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank cannot contain more than 15 litres of
          petrol, will be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a gaseous fuel.
EN                                                          127                                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.1.1.              Type 1 test130 131, (vehicle emissions in the test cycle after a cold start)
                          NEDC average values, WLTP highest values
     Variant/Version of the vehicle:                      …               …             …
     CO (mg/km)                                           …               …             …
     THC (mg/km)                                          …               …             …
     NMHC (mg/km)                                         …               …             …
     NOx (mg/km)                                          …               …             …
     THC + NOx (mg/km)                                    …               …             …
     Mass of particulate matter (PM)                      …               …             …
     (mg/km) (if applicable)
     Number of particles (PN) (#/km)                      …               …             …
     (if applicable)
                        Ambient Temperature Correction Test (ATCT)
             ATCT Family                      Interpolation family           ---
     …                                     …                                 ---
     …                                     …                                 ---
                                        Family correction factors
                      ATCT Family                                                FCF
     …                                                     …
     …                                                     …
   130
           For bi fuel vehicles, the table shall be repeated for both fuels.
   131
           For flex fuel vehicles, when the test is to be performed on both fuels, as required by Figure I.2.4 of
           Annex I to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151. For vehicles running on LPG or NG/Biomethane,
           either bi-fuel or mono-fuel, the table shall be repeated for the different reference gases used in the test,
           and an additional table shall display the worst results obtained in accordance with [When required by?]
           paragraph 3.1.4. of Annex 12 to UN Regulation No 83 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the
           United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the
           emission of pollutants according to engine fuel requirements (OJ L 42, 15.2.2012, p. 1). The results in the
           table shall be indicated if they are measured or calculated.
EN                                                           128                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.1.2.          Type 2 test130 131, (emissions data required at type-approval for roadworthiness
                   purposes)
                   Type 2, low idle test:
    Variant/Version of the vehicle:             …             …            …
    CO (% vol.)                                 …             …            …
    Engine speed (min–1)                        …             …            …
    Engine oil temperature (°C)                 …             …            …
                   Type 2, high idle test:
    Variant/Version of the vehicle:             …             …            …
    CO (% vol.)                                 …             …            …
    Lambda Value                                …             …            …
    Engine speed (min–1)                        …             …            …
    Engine oil temperature (°C)                 …             …            …
   2.1.3.          Type 3 test (emissions of crankcase gases): …
   2.1.4.          Type 4 test (evaporative emissions): … g/test
   2.1.5.          Type 5 test (durability of anti-pollution control devices):
                   –      Ageing distance covered (km) (e.g. 160000 km): …
                   –      Deterioration factor DF: calculated/fixed4
                   –      Values:
    Variant/Version of the vehicle:             …             …            …
    CO                                          …             …            …
    THC                                         …             …            …
    NMHC                                        …             …            …
    NOx                                         …             …            …
    THC + NOx                                   …             …            …
    Mass of particulate matter (PM)             …             …            …
    (if applicable)
EN                                                 129                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---      Number of particles (PN)                         …           …                …
     (if applicable)
   2.1.6.             Type 6 test (average emissions at low ambient temperatures):
     Variant/Version of the vehicle:                  …           …                …
     CO (g/km)                                        …           …                …
     THC (g/km)                                       …           …                …
   2.1.7.             OBD: yes/no4
   2.2.               Emissions from engines tested under the test procedure for heavy-duty
                      vehicles.
                      Please provide the number of the regulatory act laying down the applicable
                      requirements or, where amended, the number of its latest amendment. Where
                      the regulatory act provides for two or more implementation stages, please also
                      indicate the implementation stage: ..................
                      Fuel(s)128 … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, ethanol …)
   2.2.1.             Results of the ESC test132 133 134
     Variant/Version of the vehicle:                  …           …                …
     CO (mg/kWh)                                      …           …                …
     THC (mg/kWh)                                     …           …                …
     NOx (mg/kWh)                                     …           …                …
     NH3 (ppm)132                                     …           …                …
     PM mass (mg/kWh)                                 …           …                …
     PM number (#/kWh)132                             …           …                …
   2.2.2.             Result of the ELR test132
     Variant/Version of the vehicle:                  …           …                …
     Smoke value: … m–1                               …           …                …
   132
           If applicable.
   133
           For Euro VI, ESC shall be understood as WHSC and ETC as WHTC.
   134
           For Euro VI, if CNG and LPG fuelled engines are tested on different reference fuels, the table shall be
           reproduced for each reference fuel tested.
EN                                                      130                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    2.2.3.         Result of the ETC test133 134,
    Variant/Version of the vehicle:            …              …       …
    CO (mg/kWh)                                …              …       …
    THC (mg/kWh)                               …              …       …
    NMHC (mg/kWh)132                           …              …       …
    CH4 (mg/kWh)132                            …              …       …
    NOx (mg/kWh)                               …              …       …
    NH3 (ppm)132                               …              …       …
    PM mass (mg/kWh)                           …              …       …
    PM number (#/kWh)132                       …              …       …
   2.2.4.         Idle test132
    Variant/Version of the vehicle:            …              …       …
    CO (% vol.)                                …              …       …
    Lambda Value132                            …              …       …
    Engine speed (min–1)                       …              …       …
    Engine oil temperature (K)                 …              …       …
   2.3.           Diesel smoke
                  Please provide the number of the regulatory act laying down the applicable
                  requirements or, where amended, the number of its latest amendment. Where
                  the regulatory act provides for two or more implementation stages, please also
                  indicate the implementation stage: ...............
   2.3.1.         Results of the test under free acceleration
    Variant/Version of the vehicle:            …              …       …
    Corrected value of the absorption          …              …       …
    coefficient (m–1)
    Normal engine idling speed                 …              …       …
EN                                                131                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---      Maximum engine speed                                …          …              …
     Oil temperature (min./max.)                         …          …              …
   3.                 Results of the CO2 emission, fuel/electric energy consumption, and electric
                      range tests
                      Please provide the number of the regulatory act laying down the applicable
                      requirements or, where amended, the number of its latest amendment.: …
   3.1.               Internal combustion engines, including not externally chargeable hybrid
                      electric vehicles (NOVC)132 135
     Variant/Version of the vehicle:                     …          …              …
     CO2 mass emission (urban conditions)                …          …              …
     (g/km)
     CO2 mass emission (extra-urban                      …          …              …
     conditions) (g/km)
     CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) …                          …              …
     Fuel consumption (urban conditions)                 …          …              …
     (l/100km)136
     Fuel consumption (extra-urban                       …          …              …
     conditions) (l/100km)136
     Fuel consumption (combined)                         …          …              …
     (l/100km)136
         Interpolation family identifier137                       Variant/versions
     …                                                   …
     …                                                   …
     …                                                   …
   135
           Repeat the table for each reference fuel tested.
   136
           The unit ‘l/100km’ is replaced by ‘m3/100km’ for vehicles fuelled with NG and H2NG, and by
           ‘kg/100km’ for vehicles fuelled with hydrogen.
   137
           The format for the Interpolation Family Identifier is provided in paragraph 5.0 of Annex XXI to
           Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of
           the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions
           from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and
           maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the
           Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
           and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (OJ L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 1).
EN                                                          132                                                    EN
 ---pagebreak---                    Results:                       Interpolation family
                                                        identifier
                                                VH        VM132    VL132
   CO2 mass emission LOW phase (g/km)         …          …         …
   CO2 mass emission MID phase (g/km)         …          …         …
   CO2 mass emission HIGH phase (g/km) …                 …         …
   CO2 mass emission EXTRA-HIGH               …          …         …
   phase (g/km)
   CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km)        …          …         …
   Fuel consumption LOW phase                 …          …         …
   (l/100km m3/100km kg/100km)
   Fuel consumption MID phase (l/100km        …          …         …
   m3/100km kg/100km)
   Fuel consumption HIGH phase                …          …         …
   (l/100km m3/100km kg/100km)
   Fuel consumption EXTRA-HIGH                …          …         …
   phase (l/100km m3/100km kg/100km)
   Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100km       …          …         …
   m3/100km kg/100km)
   f0 (N)                                     …          …         …
   f1 (N/(km/h))                              …          …         …
   f2 (N/(km/h)2)                             …          …         …
   RR (kg/t)                                  …          …         …
   Delta CD * A (for VL if applicable         …          …         …
   compared to VH) (m2)
   Test Mass (kg)                             …          …         …
   Frontal area (m2) (for road load matrix
   family vehicles only)
                  Repeat for each interpolation family.
   3.2.           Externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (OVC)132
EN                                               133                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    Variant/Version of the vehicle:        …             …             …
   CO2 mass emission (Condition A,        …             …             …
   combined) (g/km)
   CO2 mass emission (Condition B,        …             …             …
   combined) (g/km)
   CO2 mass emission (weighted,           …             …             …
   combined) (g/km)
   Fuel consumption (Condition A,         …             …             …
   combined) (l/100km) (g)
   Fuel consumption (Condition B,         …             …             …
   combined) (l/100km) (g)
   Fuel consumption (weighted, combined) …              …             …
   (l/100km) (g)
   Electric energy consumption (Condition …             …             …
   A, combined) (Wh/km)
   Electric energy consumption (Condition …             …             …
   B, combined) (Wh/km)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted  …             …             …
   and combined) (Wh/km)
   Pure electric range (km)               …             …             …
         Interpolation family number                 Variant/versions
   …                                      …
   …                                      …
   …                                      …
                    Results:                 Interpolation family
                                                   identifier
                                           VH        VM132     VL132
   CS CO2 mass emission LOW phase         …                   …
   (g/km)
   CS CO2 mass emission MID phase         …                   …
EN                                          134                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    (g/km)
   CS CO2 mass emission HIGH phase …     …
   (g/km)
   CS CO2 mass emission EXTRA-HIGH …     …
   phase (g/km)
   CS CO2 mass emission (combined) …     …
   (g/km)
   CD CO2 mass emission (combined)
   (g/km)
   CO2 mass emission (weighted,
   combined) (g/km)
   CS Fuel consumption LOW phase   …     …
   (l/100km)
   CS Fuel consumption MID phase   …     …
   (l/100km)
   CS Fuel consumption HIGH phase  …     …
   (l/100km)
   CS Fuel consumption EXTRA-HIGH  …     …
   phase (l/100km)
   CS Fuel consumption (combined)  …     …
   (l/100km)
   CD Fuel consumption (combined)  …     …
   (l/100km)
   Fuel consumption (weighted,     …     …
   combined) (l/100km)
   ECAC,weighted                   …     …
   EAER (combined)                 …     …
   EAERcity                        …     …
   f0 (N)                          …     …
   f1 (N/(km/h))                   …     …
   f2 (N/(km/h)2)                  …     …
   RR (kg/t)                       …     …
EN                                   135   EN
 ---pagebreak---    Delta CD × A (for VL or VM compared         …                  …
   to VH) (m2)
   Test Mass (kg)                              …                  …
   Frontal area (m2) (for road load matrix
   family vehicles only)
                   Repeat for each interpolation family.
   3.3.            Pure electric vehicles132
   Variant/Version of the vehicle:             …           …             …
   Electric energy consumption (Wh/km)         …           …             …
   Range (km)                                  …           …             …
          Interpolation family number                    Variant/versions
   …                                           …
   …                                           …
   …                                           …
                             Results:                          Interpolation family
                                                                     identifier
                                                                  VH           VL
   Electric Consumption (Combined) (Wh/km)                     …           …
   Pure Electric Range (Combined) (km)                         …           …
   Pure Electric Range (City) (km)                             …           …
   f0 (N)                                                      …           …
   f1 (N/(km/h))                                               …           …
   f2 (N/(km/h)2)                                              …           …
   RR (kg/t)                                                   …           …
   Delta CD × A (for VL compared to VH) (m2)                   …           …
EN                                                136                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    Test Mass (kg)                                                           …             …
   Frontal area (m2) (for road load matrix family vehicles
   only)
   3.4.              Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles132
   Variant/Version of the vehicle:                                          …             …               …
   Fuel consumption (kg/100km)                                              …             …               …
                                                                            Variant/Version Variant/Version
                                                                                    :                       :
   Fuel Consumption (Combined) (kg/100km)                                   …                     …
   f0 (N)                                                                   …                     …
   f1 (N/(km/h))                                                            …                     …
   f2 (N/(km/h)2                                                            …                     …
   RR (kg/t)                                                                …                     …
   Test Mass (kg)                                                           …
   3.5.              The correlation tool output report(s) referred to in Commission Implementing
                     Regulation (EU) 2017/1152138 or Commission Implementing Regulation
                     2017/1153139, and final NEDC values
                     Repeat for each interpolation family:
                     Interpolation family identifier140
                     VH report: …
                     VL report (if applicable): …
   3.5.1.            Deviation factor (if applicable)
                     Repeat for each interpolation family:
   138
          Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1152 of 2 June 2017 setting out a methodology for
          determining the correlation parameters necessary for reflecting the change in the regulatory test procedure
          with regard to light commercial vehicles and amending Implementing Regulation (EU) No 293/2012 (OJ
          L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 644).
   139
          Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1153 of 2 June 2017 setting out a methodology for
          determining the correlation parameters necessary for reflecting the change in the regulatory test procedure
          and amending Regulation (EU) No 1014/2010 (OJ L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 679).
   140
          The format for the Interpolation Family Identifier is provided in paragraph 5.0 of Annex XXI to
          Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
EN                                                      137                                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                       Interpolation family identifier140: …
   3.5.2.             Verification factor (if applicable)
                      Repeat for each interpolation family:
                      Interpolation family identifier140
   3.5.3.             Internal combustion engines, including not externally chargeable hybrid
                      electric vehicles (NOVC)141 135
                    Final correlated NEDC values                                 Interpolation family identifier
                                                                                     VH                 VL132
   CO2 mass emission (urban conditions) (g/km)
   CO2 mass emission (extra-urban conditions) (g/km)
   CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km)
   Fuel consumption (urban conditions) (l/100km)132
   Fuel consumption (extra-urban conditions) (l/100km)132
   Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100km)132
   3.5.4.             Externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (OVC)132
                    Final correlated NEDC values                                 Interpolation family identifier
                                                                                     VH                 VL132
    CO2 mass emission (weighted, combined) (g/km)                            …                    …
    Fuel consumption (weighted, combined) (l/100km) (g)                      …                    …
   4.                 Results of the tests for vehicles fitted with eco-innovation(s)141 135 142
                      Tests conducted as required by UN Regulation No 83143 (where applicable)
                                                     Variant/Version of the vehicle…
     Decision     Code of      Type 1/I        1.            2.             3.          4.         5.        CO2
    approving     the eco-       cycle                                                                    emissions
     the eco-   innovation    (NEDC/W         CO2           CO2            CO2         CO2       Usage     savings
                                           emissions      emissions     emissions    emissions   factor
   141
           Repeat the table for each variant/version of the vehicle.
   142
           Expand the table if necessary, using one extra row per eco-innovation.
   143
           UN Regulation No 83 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE)
           Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to the emission of pollutants
           according to engine fuel requirements (OJ L 42, 15.2.2012, p. 1).
EN                                                          138                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---                         145
   innovation                     LTP)          of the    of the eco-       of the   of the eco-   (UF) i.e.   ((1 – 2) –
        144
                                              baseline    innovation      baseline  innovation     temporal    (3 – 4)) *
                                               vehicle      vehicle        vehicle     vehicle      share of       5
                                               (g/km)       (g/km)          under       under    technology
                                                                           Type 1      Type 1       usage in
                                                                             test-       test-       normal
                                                                           cycle146    cycle147    operation
                                                                                                  conditions
   xxx/201x       …             …            …           …               …          …            …             …
   …              …             …            …           …               …          …            …             …
   …              …             …            …           …               …          …            …             …
                  Total CO2 emissions savings on NEDC(g/km)148                                                 …
                          Test conducted as required by Annex XXI to Commission Regulation (EU)
                          2017/1151149 (where applicable)
                                                              Variant/Version …
     Decision        Code of     Type 1/I          1.          2.             3.          4.           5.
    approving        the eco-     cycle
     the eco-      innovation   (NEDC/W           CO2         CO2           CO2          CO2         Usage        CO2
   innovation           145
                                  LTP)        emissions    emissions     emissions   emissions   factor (UF)   emissions
        144                                      of the   of the eco-      of the   of the eco-       i.e.      savings
                                               baseline   innovation      baseline  innovation     temporal    ((1 – 2) –
                                               vehicle      vehicle       vehicle     vehicle       share of  (3 – 4)) * 5
                                                (g/km)      (g/km)         under        under    technology
                                                                          Type 1       Type 1      usage in
                                                                            test-    test-cycle     normal
                                                                          cycle146                operation
                                                                                                  conditions
   xxx/201x       …             …            …            …             …           …            …            …
   …              …             …            …            …             …           …            …            …
   …              …             …            …            …             …           …            …            …
                                             Total CO2 emissions savings on
                                             WLTP(g/km)150
   144
            Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. Article 12 of Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 of the
            European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 140, 5.6.2009, p.1).
   145
            As assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation.
   146
            If a modelling methodology is applied instead of the type 1 test cycle, this value shall be the one provided
            by the modelling methodology.
   147
            = point 3.5.1.3 of Annex I to Commission Implementing Regulation XX/XXX of ...... on implementing
            Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regards to the
            administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers,
            and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles
   148
            Sum of the results from each individual eco-innovation CO2 emissions savings on NEDC calculated in
            the last Colom of this table in accordance with Annex XII to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
   149
            Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of
            the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions
            from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and
            maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the
            Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
            and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (OJ L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 1).
EN                                                           139                                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    4.1.             General code of the eco-innovation(s)151 : …
   150
        Sum of the results from each individual eco-innovation CO2 emissions savings on WLTP calculated in
        the last Colom of this table in accordance with Annex XII to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
   151
        The general code of the eco-innovation(s) shall consist of the following elements, each separated by a
        blank space:
        –       The code of the approval authority set out in Annex IV to Commission Implementing Regulation
                XX/XXX of XXXX on implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and
                of the Council with regards to the administrative requirements for the approval and market
                surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate
                technical units intended for such vehicles;
        –       The individual code of each eco-innovation fitted in the vehicle, listed in chronological order of
                the Commission approval decisions.
        (E.g. the general code of three eco-innovations approved chronologically as 10, 15 and 16 and fitted into
        a vehicle certified by the German type-approval authority should be: ‘e1 10 15 16’).
EN                                                       140                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               ANNEX VII
       FORMAT OF TEST REPORTS FOR THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF A SYSTEM,
                       COMPONENT OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT
   1.              For each of the regulatory acts listed in Part I of Annex II to Regulation (EU)
                   2018/858, the test report referred to in Article 30(2) of Regulation (EU)
                   2018/858 shall comply with the Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2017 152. It shall
                   in particular include the information referred to in point 7.8.2 of that standard.
   2.              The test report shall be issued in one of the official languages of the Union
                   determined by the type-approval authority.
   3.              The test report shall include at least the following information:
                   (a) the identification of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical
                   unit tested;
                   (b) a detailed description of the, vehicle, system, component or separate
                   technical unit characteristics required by the applicable regulatory act listed in
                   Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858;
                   (c) the results of the measurements required by the applicable regulatory act;
                   (d) with regard to each measurement mentioned in point 3(c), whether the limit
                   or threshold laid down by the applicable regulatory act has been met;
                   (e) when other test methods than those prescribed in the applicable regulatory
                   acts are permitted and used, the report shall include a description of those test
                   methods;
                   (f) pictures taken during testing, the number of which shall be decided by the
                   approval authority. In the case of virtual testing, screen prints or other suitable
                   evidence may replace pictures;
                   (g) overall test conclusions that describes that the system, component or
                   separate technical unit in the test report is in compliance with all the
                   requirements of the applicable regulatory act listed in Annex II to Regulation
                   (EU) 2018/858 and that the tested system, component or separate technical unit
                   was representative in terms of the type to be approved;
                   (h) opinions and interpretations shall be documented properly and marked as
                   such in the test report.
   4.              Where the manufacturer and the type-approval authority or technical service
                   have reached an agreement on a worst-case configuration, testing of that
                   configuration alone shall be sufficient. The test report shall include the
                   information how the worst-case configuration of the system, component or
                   separate technical unit has been determined.
   5.              If a format of a test report is provided in the respective Regulatory act listed in
                   Part I of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 that model shall be used.
   152
        ISO/IEC 17025:2017 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories,
        Publication date: 2017-11.
EN                                                  141                                                     EN
 ---pagebreak---                                            ANNEX VIII
                 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY IN PAPER FORMAT
   0.   OBJECTIVES
        The certificate of conformity shall include:
        (a) the Vehicle Identification Number;
        (b) the date of manufacture of the vehicle;
        (c) the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle as well as its technical
        performance in concrete terms (It is not permitted to mention any range of value in the
        various entries, except in cases where this in the nature of the vehicle (e.g. trailers with
        extendible chassis, tractor unit for semi-trailer with adjustable fifth wheel coupling).
   1.   GENERAL DESCRIPTION
   1.1. The certificate of conformity in paper format shall consist of the following two parts.
        (a) Part 1, which consists of a statement of compliance by the manufacturer and which
        is common to all vehicle categories.
        (b) Part 2, which is a technical description of the main characteristics of the vehicle
        and which is adapted to each specific vehicle category.
   1.2. The certificate of conformity in paper format shall be of maximum format A4 (210 ×
        297 mm) and conform to the templates set out in the Appendix.
   1.3. The technical descriptions indicated in Part 2 of the certificate of conformity in paper
        format shall be those given in the type-approval documentation of the relevant
        regulatory acts.
   1.4. All information on the certificate of conformity in paper format shall be provided in
        ISO 8859 series characters (for certificates of conformity in paper format issued in
        Bulgarian in Cyrillic characters, for certificates of conformity in paper format issued
        in Greek in Greek characters) and Arabic numerals.
   2.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS
   2.1. Model A of the certificate of conformity in paper format shall be used for complete
        vehicles
   2.2. Model B of the certificate of conformity in paper format shall be used for completed
        vehicles
        The additional technical characteristics of the vehicle as well as its technical
        performance in concrete terms added during the multi-stage type-approval process
        shall be described briefly.
   2.3. Model C of the certificate of conformity shall be used for incomplete vehicles.
EN                                              142                                                  EN
 ---pagebreak---    3. PAPER AND SECURITY PRINTING FEATURES TO PREVENT FORGERY
      To prevent forgery, the certificate of conformity shall be protected by coloured
      graphics and at least one of the following:
      (a) a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer;
      (b) another security printing feature (e.g. ultraviolet fluorescent ink, inks with viewing
      angle-dependent colour, inks with temperature-dependent colour, micro printing,
      guilloche printing, iridescent printing, laser engraving, custom holograms, variable
      laser images, optical variable images, physically embossed or engraved manufacturer's
      logo, etc.).
EN                                           143                                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                     APPENDIX
     TEMPLATES FOR THE CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY IN PAPER FORMAT
                                                       PART I
                                COMPLETE AND COMPLETED VEHICLES
                                             MODEL A1 —PART 1
                                            COMPLETE VEHICLES
                                     CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
   Part 1
   The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.              Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.              Type: …
                     – Variant153: …
                     – Version153: …
   0.2.1.            Commercial name(s): …
   0.2.3.            Identifiers1:
   0.2.3.1.          Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.          ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.          PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.          Roadload family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.5.          Roadload Matrix family's identifier (if applicable): …
   0.2.3.6.          Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.          Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.4.              Vehicle category: …
   0.5.              Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.6.              Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                     Location of the vehicle identification number: …
   0.9.              Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
   0.10.             Vehicle identification number: …
   0.11.             Date of manufacture of the vehicle: …
   conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… number of the type-approval
   certificate, including extension number) granted on (… date of the type-approval) and can be
   permanently registered in Member States having right/left154 hand traffic and using
   153
          Indicate the identification code.
   154
          Indicate whether the vehicle is suitable for use in either right or left-hand traffic or both right and left-
          hand traffic.
EN                                                       144                                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    metric/imperial155 units for the speedometer and metric/imperial155 units for the odometer (if
   applicable)156.
                                (Place) (Date): …                 (Signature): …
   155
         Indicate whether the speedometer or odometer fitted has metric or both metric and imperial units.
   156
         This statement shall not restrict the right of the Member States to require technical adaptations in order to
         allow the registration of a vehicle in a Member State other than the one for which it was intended when
         the direction of the traffic is on the opposite side of the road.
EN                                                          145                                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                                          MODEL A2 —PART 1
                  COMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES
                                  [Year]       [Sequential number]
                                  CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
   Part 1
   The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.             Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.             Type: …
                    – Variant153: …
                    – Version153: …
   0.2.1.           Commercial name(s): …
   0.2.3.           Identifiers1:
   0.2.3.1.         Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.         ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.         PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.         Roadload family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.5.         Roadload Matrix family's identifier (if applicable): …
   0.2.3.6.         Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.         Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.4.             Vehicle category: …
   0.5.             Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.6.             Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                    Location of the vehicle identification number: …
   0.9.             Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
   0.10.            Vehicle identification number: …
   0.11.            Date of manufacture of the vehicle: …
   conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… number of the type-approval
   certificate, including extension number) granted on (… date of the type-approval) and can be
   permanently registered in Member States having right/left154 hand traffic and using
   metric/imperial155 units for the speedometer and metric/imperial155 units for the odometer (if
   applicable)156.
                             (Place) (Date): …          (Signature): …
EN                                                  146                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                                        MODEL B —PART 1
                                    COMPLETED VEHICLES
                               CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
   Part 1
   The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.          Make (Trade name of the manufacturer): …
   0.2.          Type: …
                 – Variant153: …
                 – Version153: …
   0.2.1.        Commercial name(s): …
   0.2.2.        For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the
                 base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage):
                 – Type: …
                 – Variant153: …
                 – Version153: …
                 Number of the type-approval certificate, including the extension number: …
   0.2.3.        Identifiers1:
   0.2.3.1.      Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.      ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.      PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.      Roadload family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.5.      Roadload Matrix family's identifier (if applicable): …
   0.2.3.6.      Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.      Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.4.          Vehicle category: …
   0.5.          Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.5.1.        For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the
                 manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle…
   0.6.          Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                 Location of the vehicle identification number: …
   0.9.          Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
   0.10.         Vehicle identification number: …
   0.11.         Date of manufacture of the vehicle: …
                 (a) has been completed and altered4 as follows: … and
                 (b) conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (... number of the
                 type-approval certificate, including extension number) granted on (… date of
                 the type-approval) and
EN                                               147                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---                      (c) can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left154 hand
                     traffic and using metric/imperial155 units for the speedometer and
                     metric/imperial155 units for the odometer (if applicable)156.
                               (Place) (Date): …              (Signature): …
   Attachments: Certificate of conformity delivered at each previous stage.
                                                       PART 2
                                          VEHICLE CATEGORY M1
                                       (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.                Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   3.                Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.              Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.                Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.              Axle spacing:
                     1-2:     … mm
                     2-3:     … mm
                     3-4:     … mm
   5.                Length: … mm
   6.                Width: … mm
   7.                Height: … mm
   Masses158
   13.               Mass in running order: … kg
   13.2.             Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   16.               Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.             Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.             Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                     1.       … kg
                     2.       … kg
   157
          Entries 4 and 4.1 shall be completed in accordance with definitions 25 (Wheelbase) and 26 (Axle spacing)
          of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 respectively.
   158
            Masses must be rounded to the nearest whole digit
EN                                                       148                                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                        3.       … kg, etc.
   16.4.               Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   18.                 Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.               Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.               Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.               Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.                 Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                       kg
   Power plant
   20.                 Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.                 Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.                 Working principle: …
   23.                 Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.               Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
                       NOVC-FCHV4
   24.                 Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.                 Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.                 Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                       4
   26.1.               Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.               (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.                 Maximum power
   27.1.               Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.               Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.               Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.                 Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.               Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)1
     1st gear      2nd gear     3rd gear      4th gear   5th gear 6th gear 7th gear  8th gear    …
   28.1.1.             Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.             Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
     1st gear      2nd gear     3rd gear      4th gear   5th gear 6th gear 7th gear  8th gear    …
   159
              For hybrid vehicles, indicate both outputs
EN                                                        149                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    Maximum speed
   29.             Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.             Axle(s) track:
                   1.        … mm
                   2.        … mm
                   3.        … mm
   35.             Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                   coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                   applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.             Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   Bodywork
   38.             Code for bodywork113: …
   40.             Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.             Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.             Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.           Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.3.           Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   Environmental performances
   46.             Sound level
                   – Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1
                   – Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.             Exhaust emission level116: Euro…
   47.1.           Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.         Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.         Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.       Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.         Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.       f0, N: …
   47.1.3.1.       f1, N/(km/h): …
   47.1.3.2.       f2, N/(km/h)2: …
   160
         Optional equipment and additional tyre/wheel combinations under this letter can be added under entry
         ‘Remarks’. If a vehicle is supplied with a complete set of standard wheels and tyres and a complete set of
         snow tyres (marked with a 3 peaked mountain and snowflake symbol – 3PMS) with or without wheels,
         the snow tyres and their wheels where applicable shall be considered as additional tyre/wheel
         combinations irrespective of the wheels/tyres actually fitted to the vehicle.
   161
         Only applicable to individual vehicles from roadload matrix family (RLMF).
EN                                                      150                                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.2.             Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.           Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b4
   47.2.2.           Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.           Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.               Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                     Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                     applicable: …
                     1.2. Test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or
                     WHSC (EURO VI)4
                     CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                     (mass): …
                     Particles (number): …
                     2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                     CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass):
                     …Particles (number): …
   48.1.             Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   48.2.             Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)
                     Complete RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
                     Urban RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
   49.               CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                     1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
              NEDC values                      CO2 emissions                       Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                         … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:                   … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                                 … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                        … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)        ‘1’ or ‘0’
                     2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   162
         Repeat for the various fuels that can be used. Vehicles that can be fuelled with both petrol and gaseous
         fuel but in which the petrol system is fitted for emergency purposes or for starting only and the petrol tank
         of which cannot contain more than 15 litres of petrol will be regarded as vehicles that can only run on a
         gaseous fuel.
   163
         In case of EURO VI dual-fuel engines and vehicles, repeat as appropriate.
   164
         Solely emissions assessed in accordance with the applicable regulatory act or acts shall be stated.
EN                                                         151                                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                   3. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no4
                   3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)151: …
                   3.2. Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)150 (repeat for
                   each reference fuel tested):
                   3.2.1. NEDC savings: … g/km (if applicable)
                   3.2.2. WLTP savings: … g/km (if applicable)
                   4. All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                   (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
             WLTP values                CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Low4:                                … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Medium4:                             … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   High4:                               … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra High4:                         … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined:                            … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                  … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                   5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                   Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                   5.1. Pure electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption                                                 … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                              … km
   Electric range city                                                         … km
                   5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                                 … Wh/km
   Electric range (EAER)                                                       … km
   Electric range city (EAER city)                                             … km
EN                                                152                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    Miscellaneous
   51.               For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                     of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                     Council: …
   52.               Remarks165: …
                     Additional tyre/wheel combinations: technical parameters (no reference to RR)
                                                       PART 2
                                          VEHICLE CATEGORY M2
                                       (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.                Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.              Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …2.                            Steered
   axles (number, position): …
   3.                Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.              Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.                Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.              Axle spacing:
                     1-2:     … mm
                     2-3:     … mm
                     3-4:     … mm
   5.                Length: … mm
   5.2.              Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.              Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                     equipped4
   6.                Width: … mm
   7.                Height: … mm
   9.                Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                     device: … mm
   12.               Rear overhang: … mm
   Masses158
   165
          If the vehicle is equipped with 24 GHz short-range radar equipment in accordance with Commission
          Decision of 17 January 2005 on the harmonisation of the 24 GHz range radio spectrum band for the time-
          limited use by automotive short-range radar equipment in the Community (OJ L 21, 25.1.2005, p. 15), the
          manufacturer shall indicate here: ‘Vehicle equipped with 24 GHz short-range radar equipment’.
EN                                                       153                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    13.               Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.             Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                     1.        … kg
                     2.        … kg
                     3.        … kg, etc.
   13.2.             Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   13.3.             Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   16.               Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.             Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.             Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                     1.        … kg
                     2.        … kg
                     3.        … kg, etc.
   16.3.             Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                     1.        … kg
                     2.        … kg
                     3.        … kg, etc.
   16.4.             Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.               Intended registration/in service               maximum          permissible        masses      in
                     national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.             Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.             Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                     1.        … kg
                     2.        … kg
                     3.        … kg, etc.
   17.3.             Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                     group:
                     1.        … kg
                     2.        … kg
                     3.        … kg, etc.
   17.4.             Intended registration/in         service     maximum         permissible      mass      of    the
                     combination: … kg
   18.               Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   166
         The manufacturer may complete these entries either for international traffic or national traffic or both. For
         national traffic, the code of the country where the vehicle is intended to be registered shall be mentioned.
         The code shall be in accordance with standard ISO 3166-1:2013. For international traffic, the directive
         number shall be referred to (e.g. ‘96/53/EC’ for Council Directive 96/53/EC).
EN                                                        154                                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    18.1.          Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.          Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.          Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.            Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.            Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.            Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.            Working principle: …
   23.            Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.          Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
                  NOVC-FCHV4
   24.            Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.            Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.            Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                  4
   26.1.          Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.          (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.            Maximum power
   27.1.          Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.          Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.          Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.            Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.          Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)160
    1st gear  2nd gear    3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear  6th gear   7th gear  8th gear    …
   28.1.1.        Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.        Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
    1st gear  2nd gear    3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear  6th gear   7th gear  8th gear    …
   Maximum speed
   29.            Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.            Axle(s) track:
                  1.      … mm
EN                                                 155                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                  2.       … mm
                 3.       … mm etc.
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   39.           Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B4
   41.           Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.           Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.         Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.3.         Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   43.           Number of standing places: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N:
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h):
   47.1.3.2.     f2, N/(km/h)2
   47.2.         Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.       Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b
EN                                                156                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.2.2.        Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.        Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.            Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                  Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                  applicable: …
                  1.2.     test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values)
                  or WHSC (EURO VI)4
                  CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                  (mass): …
                  Particles (number): …
                  2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                  CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass):
                  … Particles (number): …
   48.1.          Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   48.2.          Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)
                  Complete RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
                  Urban RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
   49.            CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                  1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
              NEDC values                CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                   … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:             … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                           … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                  … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)  ‘1’ or ‘0’
                  2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                  4. All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                  (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
EN                                                 157                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---            WLTP values                CO2 emissions                Fuel consumption
    Low4:                            … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
    Medium4:                         … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
    High4:                           … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
    Extra High4:                     … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
    Combined:                        … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
    Weighted, combined4              … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                    5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                    Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                    5.1. Pure electric vehicles
    Electric energy consumption                                 … Wh/km
    Electric range                                              … km
    Electric range city                                         … km
                    5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles
    Electric energy consumption                                  … Wh/km
    (ECAC,weighted)
    Electric range (EAER)                                        … km
    Electric range city (EAER city)                              … km
   Miscellaneous
   51.              For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                    of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                    Council: …
   52.              Remarks165: …
                                                 PART 2
                                       VEHICLE CATEGORY M3
                                    (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
EN                                                 158                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---    1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …2.                Steered
   axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.            Length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.            Width: … mm
   7.            Height: … mm
   9.            Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                 device: … mm
   12.           Rear overhang: … mm
           158
   Masses
   13.           Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   13.2.         Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.3.         Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                 1.      … kg
EN                                              159                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service       maximum     permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service maximum   permissible    mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.       Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
               NOVC-FCHV4
   24.         Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.         Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.         Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
   4
   26.1.       Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.       (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.         Maximum power
EN                                              160                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    27.1.           Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.           Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.           Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.             Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.             Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.             Axle(s) track:
                   1.       … mm
                   2.       … mm
                   3.       … mm etc.
   32.             Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.             Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.             Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.             Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.             Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Bodywork
   38.             Code for bodywork113: …
   39.             Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B4
   41.             Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.             Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   42.1.           Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …
   42.2.           Number of passenger seating positions: … (lower deck) … (upper deck)
                   (including the driver)167
   42.3.           Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …
   43.             Number of standing places: …
   Coupling device
   44.             Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                   fitted): …
   45.1.           Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   46.             Sound level
                   Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                   Drive-by: … dB(A
   167
          Excluding seats designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary and the number of wheelchair
          positions. For coaches belonging to the vehicle category M3 the number of crew members shall be
          included in the passenger number.
EN                                                   161                                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.3 test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2 test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass):
                 … Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   Miscellaneous
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks165: …
EN                                             162                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                        PART 2
                                          VEHICLE CATEGORY N1
                                      (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.                Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.              Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   3.                Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.              Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.                Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.              Axle spacing:
                     1-2:     … mm
                     2-3:     … mm
                     3-4:     … mm
   5.                Length: … mm
   6.                Width: … mm
   7.                Height: … mm.
   8.                Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                     mm
   9.                Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                     device: … mm
   11.               Length of the loading area: … mm
   Masses158
   13.               Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.             Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                     1.       … kg
                     2.       … kg
                     3.       … kg, etc.
   13.2.             Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   14.               Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg4 168
   16.               Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.             Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.             Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                     1.       … kg
   168
          In the case of completed vehicles of category N1 within the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.
EN                                                       163                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---                  2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.4.         Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   18.           Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.         Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.         Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.         Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.         Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.           Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.           Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.           Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.           Working principle: …
   23.           Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric]             vehicle:   OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
                 FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.         Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)1
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear  8th gear     …
               gear
   28.1.1.       Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.       Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear  8th gear     …
EN                                                164                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                gear
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.           Axle(s) track:
                 1.       … mm
                 2.       … mm
                 3.       … mm
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/ energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   40.           Colour of vehicle114: …
   41.           Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.           Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N: …
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h): …
EN                                                165                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.1.3.2.       f2, N/(km/h)2: …
   47.2.           Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.         Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b4
   47.2.2.         Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.         Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.             Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                   Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                   applicable: …
                   1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or
                   WHSC (EURO VI)4
                   CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                   (mass): … Particles (number): …
                   2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                   CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                   Particles (number): …
   48.1.           Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   48.2.           Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)
                   Complete RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
                   Urban RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
   49.             CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                   1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
              NEDC values                CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                    … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:              … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                            … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                   … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
    Verification factor                   ‘1’ or ‘0’
   (if applicable)
                   2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                           … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                              … km
EN                                                  166                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                  3. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no4
                 3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)151
                 3.2. Total CO2 emissions saving due to the eco-innovation(s)68 (repeat for each
                 reference fuel tested):
                 3.2.1. NEDC savings:… g/km (if applicable)
                 3.2.2. WLTP savings:… g/km (if applicable)
                 4. All power trains except pure electric vehicles under Commission Regulation
                 (EU) 2017/1151
           WLTP values              CO2 emissions                   Fuel consumption
      Low4:                       … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
      Medium4:                    … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
      High4:                      … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
      Extra High4:                … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
      Combined:                   … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
      Weighted, combined4         … g/km                … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                 5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                 Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                 5.1. Pure electric vehicles4 or (if applicable)
      Electric energy consumption                                … Wh/km
      Electric range                                             … km
      Electric range city                                        … km
                 5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles4 or (if applicable)
      Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                … Wh/km
      Electric range (EAER)                                      … km
      Electric range city (EAER city)                            … km
   Miscellaneous
EN                                                167                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    50. Type-approved in accordance with the design requirements for transporting
       dangerous goods of UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for
       Europe of the United Nations: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
       of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
       Council: …
   52. Remarks165: …
       List of tyres: technical parameters (no reference to RR)
EN                                    168                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY N2
                                 (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …2.                Steered
   axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.            Length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.            Width: … mm
   7.            Height1: … mm
   8.            Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                 mm
   9.            Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                 device: … mm
   11.           Length of the loading area: … mm
   12.           Rear overhang: … mm
   Masses158
   13.           Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   13.2.         Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
EN                                              169                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service       maximum     permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service maximum    permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.       Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.3.1.     Rigid drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
EN                                              170                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
                 NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.         Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)1
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear    5th gear  6th gear  7th gear   8th gear    …
               gear
   28.1.1.       Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.       Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear    5th gear  6th gear  7th gear   8th gear    …
               gear
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
EN                                                171                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   41.           Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.           Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N: …
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h): …
   47.1.3.2.     f2, N/(km/h)2: …
   47.2.         Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.       Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b4
   47.2.2.       Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.       Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or
                 WHSC (EURO VI)4
                 CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                 Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   48.2.         Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)
EN                                               172                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---                   Complete RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
                  Urban RDE trip: NOx: …, Particles (number): …
   49.            CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                  1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
              NEDC values               CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                   … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:             … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                           … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                  … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)  ‘1’ or ‘0’
                  2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                  4. All power trains except pure electric vehicles under Commission Regulation
                  (EU) 2017/1151
           WLTP values              CO2 emissions                    Fuel consumption
   Low4:                           … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Medium4:                        … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   High4:                          … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra High4:                    … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined:                       … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4             … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                  5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                  Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                  5.1. Pure electric vehicles4 or (if applicable)
EN                                                 173                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    Electric energy consumption                                                             … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                                          … km
   Electric range city                                                                     … km
                    5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles4 or (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                                               … Wh/km
   Electric range (EAER)                                                                     … km
   Electric range city (EAER city)                                                           … km
   49.1.            Cryptographic                 hash           of        the         manufacturer's    records  file119:
                    ........................................................................
   49.2.            Zero emission heavy-duty vehicle: yes/no4 72 169
   49.3.            Vocational vehicle: (yes/no)4 72 170
   49.4.            Cryptographic                  hash            of         the          customer   information    file:
                    ..................................................................120 170
   49.5.            Specific CO2 emissions: ... gCO2/tkm 171
   49.6.            Average payload value: ................ t’ 172
   Miscellaneous
   50.              Type-approved in accordance with the design requirements for transporting
                    dangerous goods of UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for
                    Europe of the United Nations: yes/class(es): …/no4 173:
   51.              For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                    of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                    Council: …
   52.              Remarks165: …
   169
           Only applicable if the vehicle is approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the
           European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and
           engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and on access to vehicle repair
           and maintenance information and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC
           and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC (OJ L 188, 18.7.2009, p. 1–13).
   170
           Only applicable if the vehicle is approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 and a
           customer information file has been drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Part II of Annex
           IV to Regulation (EU) 2017/2400.
   171
           As indicated in point 2.3 of the customer information file drawn up in accordance with the model set
           out in Part II of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 2017/2400
   172
           As indicated in point 2.4 of the customer information file drawn up in accordance with the model set
           out in Part II of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 2017/2400
   173
         UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) —
         Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles intended for the carriage of dangerous goods
         with regard to their specific constructional features. (OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 253)
EN                                                                   174                                                   EN
 ---pagebreak--- EN 175 EN ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY N3
                                 (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.            Length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.            Width: … mm
   7.            Height: … mm.
   8.            Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                 mm
   9.            Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling
                 device: … mm
   11.           Length of the loading area: … mm
   12.           Rear overhang: … mm
          158
   Masses
   13.           Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   13.2.         Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
EN                                              176                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.         Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service       maximum     permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service maximum    permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.       Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.3.1.     Rigid drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
EN                                              177                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    23.           Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/
                 NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   41.           Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.           Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
EN                                                178                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                 Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.           CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption
   49.1.         Cryptographic                 hash           of        the         manufacturer's    records  file119:
                 ........................................................................
   49.2.         Zero emission heavy-duty vehicle: yes/no4 72 169
   49.3.         Vocational vehicle: (yes/no)4 72 170
   49.4.         Cryptographic                  hash            of         the          customer   information    file:
                 ..................................................................120 170
   49.5.         Specific CO2 emissions: ... gCO2/tkm 171
   49.6.         Average payload value: ................ t’ 172
   Miscellaneous
   50.           Type-approved in accordance with the design requirements for transporting
                 dangerous goods of UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for
                 Europe of the United Nations: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks165: …
EN                                                                179                                                   EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                        PART 2
                                   VEHICLE CATEGORIES O1 AND O2
                                       (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.                Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.              Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   Main dimensions
   4.                Wheelbase157 174: … mm
   4.1.              Axle spacing:
                     0-1:     … mm
                     1-2:     … mm
                     2-3:     … mm
                     3-4:     … mm
   5.                Length: … mm
   6.                Width: … mm
   7.                Height: … mm
   10.               Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the
                     vehicle: … mm
   11.               Length of the loading area: … mm
   12.               Rear overhang: … mm
           158
   Masses
   13.               Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.             Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                     1.       … kg
                     2.       … kg
                     3.       … kg, etc.
   13.2.             Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   16.               Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.             Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.             Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                     1.       … kg
                     2.       … kg
                     3.       … kg, etc.
   174
          For the term coupling point ‘0’ see Regulation (EU) No 19/2011, Annex I, Part A, paragraph 3.1.2.
EN                                                       180                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.3.         Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.           Intended registration/in service        maximum       permissible masses   in
                 national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.3.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                 group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   19.           Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-
                 trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.1.         Track of each steered axle: … mm
   30.2.         Track of all other axles: … mm
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   34.           Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Miscellaneous
EN                                                181                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    50. Type-approved in accordance with the design requirements for transporting
       dangerous goods of UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for
       Europe of the United Nations: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
       of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
       Council: …
   52. Remarks165: …
EN                                   182                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                              PART 2
                             VEHICLE CATEGORIES O3 AND O4
                                (complete and completed vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157 174: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 0-1:    … mm
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.            Length: … mm
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.            Width: … mm
   7.            Height: … mm
   10.           Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the
                 vehicle: … mm
   11.           Length of the loading area: … mm
   12.           Rear overhang: … mm
   Masses158
   13.           Mass in running order: … kg
   13.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   13.2.         Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
EN                                             183                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---                  3.       … kg, etc.
   16.3.         Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.           Intended registration/in service         maximum      permissible masses   in
                 national/international traffic4 166
                 Only for national traffic, the lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the
                 distinguishing number of the Member State: …
                 For international traffic, number of the Directive/Regulation: …
   17.1.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.3.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                 group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   19.           Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-
                 trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   34.           Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   Bodywork
   38.           Code for bodywork113: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
EN                                                184                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    Miscellaneous
   50.           Type-approved in accordance with the design requirements for transporting
                 dangerous goods of UN Regulation No 105 of the Economic Commission for
                 Europe of the United Nations: yes/class(es): …/no4:
   51.           For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with point 5 of Part A
                 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the
                 Council: …
   52.           Remarks165: …
EN                                             185                                              EN
 ---pagebreak---                                                PART II
                                     INCOMPLETE VEHICLES
                                       MODEL C1 —PART 1
                                     INCOMPLETE VEHICLES
                               CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
   Part 1
   The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.          Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.          Type: …
                 Variant153: …
                 Version153: …
   0.2.1.        Commercial name(s): …
   0.2.2.        For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the
                 base/previous stages vehicle
                 (List the information for each stage):
                 Type: …
                 Variant153: …
                 Version153: …
                 Number of the type-approval certificate, including extension number …
   0.2.3.        Identifiers (if applicable)161:
   0.2.3.1.      Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.      ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.      PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.      Roadload family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.5.      Roadload Matrix family's identifier (if applicable): …
   0.2.3.6.      Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.      Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.4.          Vehicle category: …
   0.5.          Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.5.1.        For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the
                 manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle …
   0.6.          Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                 Location of the vehicle identification number: …
   0.9.          Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
   0.10.         Vehicle identification number: …
   0.11.         Date of manufacture of the vehicle: …
EN                                               186                                   EN
 ---pagebreak---    conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… number of the type-approval
   certificate, including extension number) granted on (… date of the type-approval) and
   cannot be permanently registered without further approvals.
                            (Place) (Date): …        (Signature): …
EN                                               187                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                                           MODEL C2 —PART 1
                 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES
                                  [Year]         [Sequential number]
                                  CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
   Part 1
   The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle:
   0.1.             Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …
   0.2.             Type: …
                    Variant153: …
                    Version153: …
   0.2.1.           Commercial name(s): …
   0.2.3.           Identifiers (if applicable)161:
   0.2.3.1.         Interpolation family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.2.         ATCT family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.3.         PEMS family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.4.         Roadload family's identifier:…
   0.2.3.5.         Roadload Matrix family's identifier (if applicable): …
   0.2.3.6.         Periodic regeneration family's identifier: …
   0.2.3.7.         Evaporative test family's identifier: …
   0.4.             Vehicle category: …
   0.5.             Company name and address of manufacturer: …
   0.6.             Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …
                    Location of the vehicle identification number: …
   0.9.             Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
   0.10.            Vehicle identification number: …
   0.11.            Date of manufacture of the vehicle: …
   conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… number of the type-approval
   certificate, including extension number) granted on (… date of the type-approval) and
   cannot be permanently registered without further approvals.
                             (Place) (Date): …          (Signature): …
EN                                                  188                                      EN
 ---pagebreak---    PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY M1
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   7.1.          Maximum permissible height: … mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
   Masses158
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
EN                                              189                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.4.         Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   18.           Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.         Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.         Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.         Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.           Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: …
                 kg
   Power plant
   20.           Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.           Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.           Working principle: …
   23.           Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric]             vehicle:   OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
                 FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.         Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)161
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear  8th gear     …
               gear
   28.1.1.       Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.       Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear  8th gear     …
               gear
EN                                                190                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.           Axle(s) track:
                 1.      … mm
                 2.      … mm
                 3.      … mm
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   Bodywork
   41.           Number and configuration of doors: …
   42.           Number of seating positions (including the driver)115: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N:
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h):
   47.1.3.2.     f2, N/(km/h)2
   47.2.         Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.       Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b
   47.2.2.       Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.       Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values)or
                 WHSC (EURO VI)4
EN                                               191                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---                   CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                  (mass): … Particles (number): …
                  2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                  CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                  Particles (number): …
   48.1.          Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.            CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                  1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
              NEDC values                CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                   … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:             … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                           … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                  … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)  ‘1’ or ‘0’
                  2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                  3. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no4
                  3.1.     General code of the eco-innovation(s)151: …
                  3.2.     Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)68 (repeat for
                  each reference fuel tested):
                  3.2.1. NEDC savings: … g/km (if applicable)
                  3.2.2. WLTP savings: … g/km (if applicable)
                  4. All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                  (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
           WLTP values              CO2 emissions                    Fuel consumption
   Low4:                           … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Medium4:                        … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   High4:                          … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
EN                                                 192                                            EN
 ---pagebreak---    Extra High4:                     … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined:                        … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4              … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                   5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                   Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                   5.1. Pure electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption                                … Wh/km
   Electric range                                             … km
   Electric range city                                        … km
                   5.2. OVC hybrid electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                 … Wh/km
   Electric range (EAER)                                       … km
   Electric range city (EAER city)                             … km
   Miscellaneous
   52.             Remarks165: …
EN                                                193                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY M2
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157 6: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   7.1.          Maximum permissible height: … mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
          158
   Masses
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
EN                                              194                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service        maximum    permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service  maximum   permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.       Class of Hybrid [electric]            vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
               FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.         Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
EN                                              195                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.         Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)1
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear    5th gear  6th gear  7th gear   8th gear    …
               gear
   28.1.1.       Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.       Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear    5th gear  6th gear  7th gear   8th gear    …
               gear
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.           Axle(s) track:
                 1.      … mm
                 2.      … mm
                 3.      … mm
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Coupling device
EN                                                196                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N: …
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h): …
   47.1.3.2.     f2, N/(km/h)2: …
   47.2.         Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.       Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b4
   47.2.2.       Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.       Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                 Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.           CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                 1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
             NEDC values                CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                  … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
EN                                               197                                                EN
 ---pagebreak---    Extra-urban conditions4:              … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                            … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                   … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)   ‘1’ or ‘0’
                   2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                   4. All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                   (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
           WLTP values               CO2 emissions                    Fuel consumption
   Low4:                            … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Medium4:                         … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   High4:                           … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra High4:                     … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined:                        … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4              … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                   5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                   Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                   5.1. Pure electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption                                   … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                … km
   Electric range city                                           … km
                   5.2. OVC hybrid electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                   … Wh/km
EN                                                  198                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---    Electric range (EAER)               … km
   Electric range city (EAER city)     … km
   Miscellaneous
   52.             Remarks165: …
EN                                 199      EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY M3
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157 6: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   7.1.          Maximum permissible height: … mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
          158
   Masses
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
EN                                              200                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.         Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service        maximum    permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service  maximum   permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
   23.         Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.       Class of Hybrid [electric]            vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
               FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
EN                                              201                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.1.         Track of each steered axle: … mm
   30.2.         Track of all other axles: … mm
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)
EN                                                202                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                  CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                 Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   Miscellaneous
   52.    Remarks165: …
EN                                            203                                 EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY N1
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   7.1.          Maximum permissible height: … mm
   8.            Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                 mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
          158
   Masses
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1.      … kg
EN                                              204                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                  2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.4.         Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   18.           Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.         Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.         Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.         Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.4.         Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.           Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.           Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.           Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.           Working principle: …
   23.           Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric]             vehicle:   OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
                 FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.         Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)1
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear  8th gear     …
               gear
   28.1.1.       Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.       Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear  8th gear     …
EN                                                205                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                gear
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.           Axle(s) track:
                 1.       … mm
                 2.       … mm
                 3.       … mm
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)160 1: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N: …
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h): …
   47.1.3.2.     f2, N/(km/h)2: …
   47.2.         Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.       Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b4
EN                                                206                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---    47.2.2.        Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.        Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.            Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                  Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                  applicable: …
                  1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or
                  WHSC (EURO VI)4
                  CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                  (mass): … Particles (number): …
                  2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                  CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                  Particles (number): …
   48.1.          Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.            CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                  1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
              NEDC values                CO2 emissions                  Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                   … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:             … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                           … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                  … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)  ‘1’ or ‘0’
                  2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                  3. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no4
                  3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)151: …
                  3.2. Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)68 (repeat for
                  each reference fuel tested):
                  3.2.1. NEDC savings: … g/km (if applicable)
                  3.2.2. WLTP savings: … g/km (if applicable)
EN                                                 207                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---                    4. All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                   (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
           WLTP values               CO2 emissions                    Fuel consumption
   Low4:                            … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Medium4:                         … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   High4:                           … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra High4:                     … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined:                        … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4              … g/km            … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                   5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                   Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                   5.1. Pure electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption                                   … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                … km
   Electric range city                                           … km
                   5.2. OVC hybrid electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                   … Wh/km
   Electric range (EAER)                                         … km
   Electric range city (EAER city)                               … km
   Miscellaneous
   52.     Remarks165: …
EN                                                208                                             EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY N2
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   8.            Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                 mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
   Masses158
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
EN                                              209                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.         Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service       maximum     permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service maximum    permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.       Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.3.1.     Rigid drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
EN                                              210                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    23.           Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric]             vehicle:   OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
                 FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   28.1.         Gearbox ratios (to complete for vehicles with manual shift transmissions)1
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear   8th gear    …
               gear
   28.1.1.       Final drive ratio (if applicable): …
   28.1.2.       Final drive ratios (to complete if and where applicable)
   1st gear    2nd      3rd gear    4th gear   5th gear   6th gear  7th gear   8th gear    …
               gear
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Fitted tyre/wheel combination/energy efficiency class of rolling resistance
                 coefficients (RRC) and tyre category used for CO2 determination (if
                 applicable)1 160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
EN                                                211                                        EN
 ---pagebreak---    37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   47.1.         Parameters for emission testing of Vind1
   47.1.1.       Test mass, kg: …
   47.1.2.       Frontal area, m2 (161): …
   47.1.2.1.     Projected frontal area of air entrance of the front grille (if applicable), cm2: …
   47.1.3.       Road load coefficients
   47.1.3.0.     f0, N: …
   47.1.3.1.     f1, N/(km/h): …
   47.1.3.2.     f2, N/(km/h)2: …
   47.2.         Driving cycle1
   47.2.1.       Driving Cycle class: 1/2/3a/3b4
   47.2.2.       Downscaling factor (fdsc): …
   47.2.3.       Capped speed: yes/no4
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
                 Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or
                 WHSC (EURO VI)4
                 CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                 Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.           CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
                 1. All power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable)
EN                                                212                                               EN
 ---pagebreak---               NEDC values                 CO2 emissions                 Fuel consumption
   Urban conditions4:                    … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra-urban conditions4:              … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined4:                            … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4                   … g/km             … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km
   Deviation factor (if applicable)
   Verification factor (if applicable)   ‘1’ or ‘0’
                   2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable)
   Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined4)                          … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                             … km
                   4. All power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Commission Regulation
                   (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
           WLTP values               CO2 emissions                    Fuel consumption
   Low4:                            … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Medium4:                         … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   High4:                           … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Extra High4:                     … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Combined:                        … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
   Weighted, combined4              … g/km              … l/100km or m3/100km or kg/100km4
                   5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Commission
                   Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)
                   5.1. Pure electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption                                   … Wh/km
   Electric range                                                … km
   Electric range city                                           … km
EN                                                  213                                           EN
 ---pagebreak---                    5.2. OVC hybrid electric vehicles
   Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted)                                              … Wh/km
   Electric range (EAER)                                                                    … km
   Electric range city (EAER city)                                                          … km
   49.1.           Cryptographic                 hash           of        the         manufacturer's    records  file119:
                   ........................................................................
   49.2.           Zero emission heavy-duty vehicle: yes/no4 72 169
   49.3.           Vocational vehicle: (yes/no)4 72 170
   49.4.           Cryptographic                  hash            of         the          customer   information    file:
                   ..................................................................120 170
   49.5.           Specific CO2 emissions: ... gCO2/tkm 171
   49.6.           Average payload value: ................ t’ 172
   Miscellaneous
   52.             Remarks165: …
EN                                                                  214                                                   EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                                    VEHICLE CATEGORY N3
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axles (number, position): …
   3.            Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …
   3.1.          Specify if the vehicle is non-automated/automated/fully automated8
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   5.2.          Elongated Cabs complying with Article 9a of Directive 96/53/EC: yes/no4
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the front/rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   8.            Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): …
                 mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
   Masses158
   13.3.         Additional mass for alternative propulsion: … kg
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
EN                                              215                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.         Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.       Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.       Technically permissible mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg etc.
   16.3.       Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   16.4.       Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg
   17.         Intended registration/in service       maximum     permissible   masses    in
               national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.3.       Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
               group:
               1.     … kg
               2.     … kg
               3.     … kg, etc.
   17.4.       Intended registration/in      service maximum    permissible   mass  of   the
               combination: … kg
   18.         Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:
   18.1.       Drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.2.       Semi-trailer: … kg
   18.3.       Centre-axle trailer: … kg
   18.3.1.     Rigid drawbar trailer: … kg
   18.4.       Unbraked trailer: … kg
   19.         Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg
   Power plant
   20.         Manufacturer of the engine: …
   21.         Engine code as marked on the engine: …
   22.         Working principle: …
EN                                              216                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---    23.           Pure electric: yes/no4
   23.1.         Class of Hybrid [electric]             vehicle:   OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-
                 FCHV/NOVC-FCHV4
   24.           Number and arrangement of cylinders: …
   25.           Engine capacity: … cm3
   26.           Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen
                 4
   26.1.         Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel4
   26.2.         (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B4
   27.           Maximum power
   27.1.         Maximum net power159: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine)4
   27.3.         Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   27.4.         Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)4 112
   28.           Gearbox (type): …
   Maxim um speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   33.           Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Brakes
   36.           Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic4
   37.           Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … kPa
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Environmental performances
   46.           Sound level
                 Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1
                 Drive-by: … dB(A)
   47.           Exhaust emission level116: Euro …
   48.           Exhaust emissions162 163 164:
EN                                                217                                       EN
 ---pagebreak---                  Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act
                 applicable: …
                 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates
                 (mass): … Particles (number): …
                 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)
                 CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …
                 Particles (number): …
   48.1.         Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)
   49.           CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption162 1:
   49.1.         Cryptographic                 hash           of        the         manufacturer's    records  file119:
                 ........................................................................
   49.2.         Zero emission heavy-duty vehicle: yes/no4 72 169
   49.3.         Vocational vehicle: (yes/no)4 72 170
   49.4.         Cryptographic                  hash            of         the          customer   information    file:
                 ..................................................................120 170
   49.5.         Specific CO2 emissions: ... gCO2/tkm 171
   49.6.         Average payload value: ................ t’ 172
   Miscellaneous
   52.           Remarks165: …
EN                                                                218                                                   EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                             VEHICLE CATEGORIES O1 AND O2
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157 174: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 0-1:    … mm
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: … mm
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: … mm
   7.1.          Maximum permissible height: … mm
   10.           Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the
                 vehicle: … mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm
          158
   Masses
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
   16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
EN                                              219                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---                  3.       … kg, etc.
   16.3.         Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.           Intended registration/in service        maximum       permissible masses   in
                 national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.3.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                 group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   19.1.         Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-
                 trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   30.1.         Track of each steered axle: … mm
   30.2.         Track of all other axles: … mm
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   34.           Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Miscellaneous
   52.           Remarks165: …
EN                                                220                                          EN
 ---pagebreak---                                               PART 2
                             VEHICLE CATEGORIES O3 AND O4
                                        (incomplete vehicles)
   Part 2
   General construction characteristics
   1.            Number of axles: … and wheels5: …
   1.1.          Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …
   2.            Steered axle (number, position): …
   Main dimensions
   4.            Wheelbase157 174: … mm
   4.1.          Axle spacing:
                 0-1:    … mm
                 1-2:    … mm
                 2-3:    … mm
                 3-4:    … mm
   5.1.          Maximum permissible length: …mm
   5.3.          Vehicle equipped with aerodynamic device or equipment on the rear/not
                 equipped4
   6.1.          Maximum permissible width: …mm
   7.1.          Maximum permissible height: …mm
   10.           Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the
                 vehicle: …mm
   12.1.         Maximum permissible rear overhang: …mm
   Masses158
   14.           Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg
   14.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   15.           Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg
   15.1.         Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:
                 1.      … kg
                 2.      … kg
                 3.      … kg, etc.
   16.           Technically permissible maximum masses
   16.1.         Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg
EN                                              221                                         EN
 ---pagebreak---    16.2.         Technically permissible mass on each axle:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   16.3.         Technically permissible mass on each axle group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.           Intended registration/in service        maximum       permissible masses   in
                 national/international traffic4 166
   17.1.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg
   17.2.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   17.3.         Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle
                 group:
                 1.       … kg
                 2.       … kg
                 3.       … kg, etc.
   19.1.         Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-
                 trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg
   Maximum speed
   29.           Maximum speed: … km/h
   Axles and suspension
   31.           Position of lift axle(s): …
   32.           Position of loadable axle(s): …
   34.           Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no4
   35.           Tyre/wheel combination160: …
   Coupling device
   44.           Number of the approval certificate or approval mark of coupling device (if
                 fitted): …
   45.           Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …
   45.1.         Characteristics values4: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …
   Miscellaneous
   52.           Remarks165: …
EN                                                222                                          EN